Jabil (JBL) 10-K 2008 FY Annual report

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 001-14063

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	38-1886260
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (727) 577-9749

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share	New York Stock Exchange
Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Rights	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  x        Accelerated filer  ¨        Non-accelerated filer  ¨        Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on February 29, 2008 was approximately $2.4 billion. For purposes of this determination, shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock as of the close of business on October 13, 2008, was 210,649,410. The Registrant does not have any non-voting stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on January 22, 2009 is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

2008 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I.
Item 1.	Business	2
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	13
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	31
Item 2.	Properties	32
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	34
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	35
Part II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	36
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	38
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	40
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	64
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	64
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	64
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	65
Item 9B.	Other Information	66
Part III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	67
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	68
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	68
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	68
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	68
Part IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	69
Signatures		122

References in this report to “the Company”, “Jabil”, “we”, “our”, or “us” mean Jabil Circuit, Inc. together with its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are made in reliance upon the protections provided by such acts for forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements (such as when we describe what “will”, “may” or “should” occur, what we “plan”, “intend”, “estimate”, “believe”, “expect” or “anticipate” will occur, and other similar statements) include, but are not limited to, statements regarding future sales and operating results, future prospects, anticipated benefits of proposed (or future) acquisitions and new facilities, growth, the capabilities and capacities of business operations, any financial or other guidance and all statements that are not based on historical fact, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events. We make certain assumptions when making forward-looking statements, any of which could prove inaccurate, including, but not limited to, statements about our future operating results and business plans. Therefore, we can give no assurance that the results implied by these forward-looking statements will be realized. Furthermore, the inclusion of forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by the Company or any other person that future events, plans or expectations contemplated by the Company will be achieved. The ultimate correctness of these forward-looking statements is dependent upon a number of known and unknown risks and events, and is subject to various uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these statements. The following important factors, among others, could affect future results and events, causing those results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:

• business conditions and growth or declines in our customers’ industries, the electronic manufacturing services industry and the general economy;

• the results of the review of our past stock option grants and revenue recognition being conducted by governmental authorities and related litigation and any ramifications thereof;

• variability of our operating results;

• our dependence on a limited number of major customers;

• the potential consolidation of our customer base;

• availability of components;

• our dependence on certain industries;

• seasonality;

• the variability of customer requirements;

• our substantial international operations, and the resulting risks related to our operating internationally;

• our ability to successfully negotiate definitive agreements and consummate acquisitions, and to integrate operations following the consummation of acquisitions;

• our ability to take advantage of our past and current restructuring efforts to improve utilization and realize savings and whether any such activity will adversely affect our cost structure, our ability to service customers and our labor relations;

• our ability to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise;

• other economic, business and competitive factors affecting our customers, our industry and our business generally; and

• other factors that we may not have currently identified or quantified.

1

For a further list and description of various risks, relevant factors and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained in this document. Given these risks and uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. You should read this document and the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We may not update these forward-looking statements, even if our situation changes in the future. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

PART I

Item 1. Business

The Company

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services to companies in the aerospace, automotive, computing, consumer, defense, industrial, instrumentation, medical, networking, peripherals, storage, and telecommunications industries. We serve our customers primarily with dedicated business units that combine highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability technologies. Based on net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, our largest customers currently include Cisco Systems, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corporation, Motorola, Inc., Network Appliance, NEC Corporation (“NEC”), Nokia Corporation, Nokia Siemens Networks S.p.A., Royal Philips Electronics (“Philips”), and Tellabs, Inc. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, we had net revenues of approximately $12.8 billion and net income of approximately $133.9 million.

We offer our customers electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket solutions that are responsive to their manufacturing needs. Our business units are capable of providing our customers with varying combinations of the following services:

• integrated design and engineering;

• component selection, sourcing and procurement;

• automated assembly;

• design and implementation of product testing;

• parallel global production;

• enclosure services;

• systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order; and

• aftermarket services.

We currently conduct our operations in facilities that are located in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, China, England, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Scotland, Singapore, Taiwan, Ukraine, Vietnam and the U.S. Our global manufacturing sites allow us to

2

manufacture products for our customers in parallel in what we believe are the most efficient marketplaces for their products. Our services allow customers to improve supply-chain management, reduce inventory obsolescence, lower transportation costs and reduce product fulfillment time. We have identified our global presence as a key to assessing our business performance.

On September 1, 2007, we reorganized our manufacturing business into a Consumer division and an Electronic Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) division. Based on this reorganization, we currently have three operating segments – Consumer, EMS and Aftermarket Services (“AMS”). We believe that these divisions provide cost-effective solutions for our customers by grouping business units with similar needs together into divisions, each with full accountability for design, operations, supply chain management and delivery. Our AMS division provides warranty and repair services to customers in a broad range of industries, including certain of our manufacturing customers. Our Consumer division has dedicated resources designed to meet the particular needs of the consumer products industry and focuses on cell phones and mobile products, televisions, set-top boxes and peripheral products such as printers. Our EMS division focuses on the traditional and emerging electronic manufacturing services business sectors, including automotive, computing, defense and aerospace, industrial, medical, networking, storage and telecommunications businesses. See “– Financial Information about Business Segments” below.

Our principal executive offices are located at 10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, and our telephone number is (727) 577-9749. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1992. Our website is located at http://www.jabil.com. Through a link on the “Investors” section of our website, we make available the following financial filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”): our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All such filings are available free of charge. Information contained in our website, whether currently posted or posted in the future, is not a part of this document or the documents incorporated by reference in this document.

Industry Background

The industry in which we operate is composed of companies that provide a range of manufacturing and design services to companies that utilize electronics components. The industry experienced rapid change and growth through the 1990’s as an increasing number of companies chose to outsource an increasing portion, and, in some cases, all of their manufacturing requirements. In mid-2001, the industry’s revenue declined as a result of significant cut-backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overall global economic downturn at the time. In response to this industry and global economic downturn, we implemented restructuring programs to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers. Industry revenues generally began to stabilize in 2003 and companies continue to turn to outsourcing instead of internal manufacturing. In addition, the number of industries serviced, as well as the market penetration in certain industries, by electronic manufacturing service providers has increased over the past four years. We believe further growth opportunities exist for the industry to penetrate the worldwide electronics markets. The rate of growth, however, of gross domestic product in the U.S. has recently declined. While economic conditions have not yet had a material negative impact on our results of operations, they may have such an impact over the next several fiscal quarters and possibly beyond. Factors driving companies to favor outsourcing include:

• Reduced Product Cost.Industry providers are able to manufacture products at a reduced total cost to companies. These cost advantages result from higher utilization of capacity because of diversified product demand and, typically, a higher sensitivity to elements of cost.

• Accelerated Product Time-to-Market and Time-to-Volume.Industry providers are often able to deliver accelerated production start-ups and achieve high efficiencies in transferring new products into

3

production. Providers are also able to more rapidly scale production for changing markets and to position themselves in global locations that serve the leading world markets. With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

• Access to Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technologies.Customers may gain access to additional advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as product and production design. Product and production design services may offer customers significant improvements in the performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability of their products.

• Improved Inventory Management and Purchasing Power.Industry providers are able to manage both procurement and inventory, and have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due to the scale of their operations and continuous interaction with the materials marketplace.

• Reduced Capital Investment in Manufacturing.Companies are increasingly seeking to lower their investment in inventory, facilities and equipment used in manufacturing in order to allocate capital to other activities such as sales and marketing, and research and development (“R&D”). This shift in capital deployment has placed a greater emphasis on outsourcing to external manufacturing specialists.

Our Strategy

We are focused on expanding our position as one of the leading providers of worldwide electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services. To achieve this objective, we continue to pursue the following strategies:

• Establish and Maintain Long-Term Customer Relationships.Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. Over the last four years, we have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base. As a result of these efforts, we have experienced business growth from existing customers and from new customers. Additionally, our acquisitions have contributed to our business growth. We focus on maintaining long-term relationships with our customers and seek to expand these relationships to include additional product lines and services. In addition, we have a focused effort to identify and develop relationships with new customers who meet our profile.

• Utilize Business Units.Each of our business units is dedicated to one customer and operates with a high level of autonomy, primarily utilizing dedicated production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners, and engineers. We believe our customer centric business units promote increased responsiveness to our customers’ needs, particularly as a customer relationship grows to multiple production locations.

• Expand Parallel Global Production.Our ability to produce the same product on a global scale is a significant requirement of our customers. We believe that parallel global production is a key strategy to reduce obsolescence risk and secure the lowest landed costs while simultaneously supplying products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, China, England, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Scotland, Singapore, Taiwan, Ukraine and Vietnam to increase our European, Asian and Latin American presence.

• Offer Systems Assembly, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services.Our systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services allow our customers to reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing total work-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at all of our manufacturing locations.

• Pursue Selective Acquisition Opportunities.Companies have continued to divest internal manufacturing operations to manufacturing providers such as Jabil. In many of these situations,

4

companies enter into a customer relationship with the manufacturing provider that acquires the operations. More recently, our acquisition strategy has expanded beyond focusing on acquisition opportunities presented by companies divesting internal manufacturing operations, but also pursuing manufacturing, aftermarket services and/or design operations and other acquisition opportunities complementary to our services offerings. The primary goal of our acquisition strategy is to complement our geographic footprint and diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers, and to expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers. As the scope of our acquisition opportunities expands, the risks associated with our acquisitions expand as well, both in terms of the amount of risk we face and the scope of such risks. See “Risk Factors – We may not achieve expected profitability from our acquisitions.”

Our Approach to Manufacturing

In order to achieve high levels of manufacturing performance, we have adopted the following approaches:

• Business Units.Each of our business units is dedicated to one customer and is empowered to formulate strategies tailored to individual customer needs. Each business unit has dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. Under certain circumstances, a production line may include more than one business unit in order to maximize resource utilization. Business units have direct responsibility for manufacturing results and time-to-volume production, promoting a sense of individual commitment and ownership. The business unit approach is modular and enables us to grow incrementally without disrupting the operations of other business units.

• Business Unit Management.Our Business Unit Managers coordinate all financial, manufacturing and engineering commitments for each of our customers at a particular manufacturing facility. Our Business Unit Directors oversee local Business Unit Managers and coordinate worldwide financial, manufacturing and engineering commitments for each of our customers that have global production requirements. Jabil’s Business Unit Management has the authority (within high-level parameters set by executive management) to develop customer relationships, make design strategy decisions and production commitments, establish pricing, and implement production and electronic design changes. Business Unit Managers and Directors are also responsible for assisting customers with strategic planning for future products, including developing cost and technology goals. These Managers and Directors operate autonomously with responsibility for the development of customer relationships and direct profit and loss accountability for business unit performance.

• Automated Continuous Flow.We use a highly automated, continuous flow approach where different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor to create an in-line assembly process. This process is in contrast to a batch approach, where individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as freestanding work-centers. The elimination of waiting time prior to sequential operations results in faster manufacturing, which improves production efficiencies and quality control, and reduces inventory work-in-process. Continuous flow manufacturing provides cost reductions and quality improvement when applied to volume manufacturing.

• Computer Integration.We support all aspects of our manufacturing activities with advanced computerized control and monitoring systems. Component inspection and vendor quality are monitored electronically in real-time. Materials planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are supported through a computerized Manufacturing Resource Planning system, providing customers with a continuous ability to monitor material availability and track work-in-process on a real-time basis. Manufacturing processes are supported by a real-time, computerized statistical process control system, whereby customers can remotely access our computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions, work-in-process status and vendor quality data. See “Technology” and “Risk Factors – Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.”

5

• Supply Chain Management.We make available an electronic commerce system/electronic data interchange and web-based tools for our customers and suppliers to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Most of our customers utilize these tools to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders. We use these tools with most of our suppliers for just-in-time delivery, supplier-managed inventory and consigned supplier-managed inventory.

Our Design Services

We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services for products that we manufacture for our customers. We provide these services to enhance our relationships with current customers and to help develop relationships with new customers. We offer the following design services:

• Electronic Design.Our electronic design team provides electronic circuit design services, including application-specific integrated circuit design and firmware development. These services have been used to develop a variety of circuit designs for cellular telephone accessories, notebook and personal computers, servers, radio frequency products, video set-top boxes, optical communications products, personal digital assistants, communication broadband products, and automotive and consumer appliance controls.

• Industrial Design Services. Our industrial design team assists in designing the “look and feel” of the plastic and metal enclosures that house printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBA”) and systems.

• Mechanical Design. Our mechanical engineering design team specializes in three-dimensional design and analysis of electronic and optical assemblies using state of the art modeling and analytical tools. The mechanical team has extended Jabil’s product offering capabilities to include all aspects of industrial design, advance mechanism development and tooling management.

• Computer-Assisted Design. Our computer-assisted design (“CAD”) team provides PCBA design services using advanced CAD/computer-assisted engineering tools, PCBA design testing and verification services, and other consulting services, which include the generation of a bill of materials, approved vendor list and assembly equipment configuration for a particular PCBA design. We believe that our CAD services result in PCBA designs that are optimized for manufacturability and cost, and accelerate the time-to-market and time-to-volume production.

• Product Validation. Our product validation team provides complete product and process validation. This includes system test, product safety, regulatory compliance and reliability.

• Product Solutions. Our product solutions efforts are focused on providing system-based solutions to engineering problems and challenges on the design of new technologies and concepts in specific growth areas as a means of expanding our customer relationships.

Our design centers are located in: Vienna, Austria; Hasselt, Belgium; Beijing, Tianjin and Shanghai, China; St. Petersburg, Florida; Jena, Germany; Tokyo, Japan; Auburn Hills, Michigan; and Taichung and Taipei, Taiwan. Our teams are strategically staffed to support Jabil customers for all development projects, including turnkey system design and design for manufacturing activities. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.”

We are exposed to different or greater potential liabilities from our design services than those we face from our regular manufacturing services. See “Risk Factors – Our design services offerings may result in additional exposure to product liability, intellectual property infringement and other claims, in addition to the business risk of being unable to produce the revenues necessary to profit from these services.”

Our Systems Assembly, Test, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services

We offer systems assembly, test, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services to our customers. Our systems assembly services extend our range of assembly activities to include assembly of higher-level

6

sub-systems and systems incorporating multiple PCBAs. We maintain systems assembly capacity to meet the increasing demands of our customers. In addition, we provide testing services, based on quality assurance programs developed with our customers, of the PCBAs, sub-systems and systems products that we manufacture. Our quality assurance programs include circuit testing under various environmental conditions to try to ensure that our products meet or exceed required customer specifications. We also offer direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services for delivery of final products we assemble for our customers.

Our Aftermarket Services

As an extension of our manufacturing model and an enhancement to our total global solution, we offer aftermarket services from strategic hub locations. Jabil aftermarket service centers provide warranty and repair services to certain of our manufacturing customers but primarily to other customers. We have the ability to service our customers’ products following completion of the traditional manufacturing and fulfillment process.

Our aftermarket service centers are located in: Shanghai, China; Coventry, England; St. Petersburg, Florida; Szombathely, Hungary; Louisville, Kentucky; Penang, Malaysia; Chihuahua and Reynosa, Mexico; Amsterdam, The Netherlands; Bydgozcz, Poland; Memphis, Tennessee; and Round Rock and McAllen, Texas.

Technology

We believe that our manufacturing and testing technologies are among the most advanced in the industry. Through our R&D efforts, we intend to continue to offer our customers among the most advanced highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing process technologies. These technologies include surface mount technology, high-density ball grid array, chip scale packages, flip chip/direct chip attach, advanced chip-on-board, thin substrate processes, reflow solder of mixed technology circuit boards, lead-free processing, densification, and other testing and emerging interconnect technologies. In addition to our R&D activities, we are continuously making refinements to our existing manufacturing processes in connection with providing manufacturing services to our customers. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.”

Research and Development

To meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs, we continually engage in research and product design activities. These activities include electronic design, mechanical design, software design, system level design, product validation, and other design related activities necessary to manufacture our customers’ products in the most cost-effective and reliable manner.

We are engaged in advanced research and platform designs for products including: cell phone products, wireless and broadband access products, server and storage products, set-top and digital home products, optical projection, and printing products. These activities focus on assisting our customers in product creation and manufacturing solutions.

For fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, we expended $33.0 million, $36.4 million and $35.0 million, respectively, on R&D activities.

Customers and Marketing

Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with the size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. A small number of customers and significant industry sectors have historically

7

comprised a major portion of our revenue, net of estimated product return costs (“net revenue”). The table below sets forth the respective portion of net revenue for the applicable period attributable to our customers who individually accounted for approximately 10% or more of our net revenue in any respective period:

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
Cisco Systems, Inc.	16	%	15	%		*
Nokia Corporation		*	13	%	21	%
Royal Philips Electronics		*		*	12	%
Hewlett-Packard Company	11	%		*		*

* less than 10% of net revenue

Our net revenue was distributed over the following significant industry sectors for the periods indicated:

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
EMS
Automotive	4	%	5	%	5	%
Computing and storage	13	%	11	%	11	%
Instrumentation and medical	18	%	19	%	20	%
Networking	21	%	20	%	13	%
Telecommunications	6	%	5	%	6	%
Other	2	%	2	%	1	%
Total EMS	64	%	62	%	56	%
Consumer
Display	7	%	8	%	8	%
Mobility	12	%	16	%	21	%
Peripherals	12	%	10	%	11	%
Total Consumer	31	%	34	%	40	%
AMS	5	%	4	%	4	%
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

In fiscal year 2008, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 47% of our net revenue and 44 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue. As illustrated in the two tables above, the historic percentages of net revenue we have received from specific customers or significant industry sectors have varied substantially from year to year. Accordingly, these historic percentages are not necessarily indicative of the percentage of net revenue that we may receive from any customer or industry sector in the future. In the past, some of our customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of design, production, product management and aftermarket services ordered from us. We cannot provide assurance that present or future customers will not terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of design, production, product management and aftermarket services ordered from us. If they do, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Risk Factors – Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of our customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue” and Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

8

We have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base, including but not limited to increasing our net revenue in the instrumentation and medical sector, through acquisitions and organic growth. Our Business Unit Managers and Directors, supported by executive management, work to expand existing customer relationships through the addition of product lines and services. These individuals also identify and attempt to develop relationships with new customers who meet our profile. This profile includes financial stability, need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing, anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability. Unlike traditional sales managers, our Business Unit Managers and Directors are responsible for ongoing management of production for their customers.

International Operations

A key element of our strategy is to provide localized production of global products for leading companies in the major consuming regions of the Americas, Europe and Asia. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired manufacturing, design and/or aftermarket service facilities in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, China, England, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Scotland, Singapore, Taiwan, Ukraine and Vietnam.

Our European facilities, located in Austria, Belgium, England, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, The Netherlands, Poland, Scotland, and Ukraine, provide European and multinational customers with design, manufacturing and aftermarket services to satisfy their local market consumption requirements.

Our Asian facilities, located in China, India, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Taiwan and Vietnam, enable us to provide local manufacturing and design services and a more competitive cost structure in the Asian market; and serve as a low cost manufacturing source for new and existing customers in the global market.

Our Latin American facilities located in Mexico enable us to provide a low cost manufacturing source for new and existing customers principally in the U.S. marketplace. Our Latin American facilities located in Brazil provide customers with manufacturing services to satisfy their local market consumption requirements.

See “Risk Factors – We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Financial Information about Business Segments

We derive revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services. Management evaluates performance and allocates resources on a divisional basis for manufacturing and service operating segments. Accordingly, our reportable operating segments consist of three segments – Consumer, EMS, and AMS – to reflect how we manage our business. See Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Competition

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and international electronic manufacturing services and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica, Inc., Elcoteq SE, Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina – SCI Corporation. In addition, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers and manufacturers that are focused solely on design and manufacturing services, that are selling, or may begin to sell the same services. Most of our competitors have international operations, significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, R&D, and marketing resources than we do. We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing.

9

We believe that the primary basis of competition in our targeted markets is manufacturing capability, price, manufacturing quality, advanced manufacturing technology, design expertise, time-to-volume production, reliable delivery, and regionally dispersed manufacturing. Management believes we currently compete favorably with respect to these factors. See “Risk Factors – We compete with numerous other electronic manufacturing services and design providers and others, including our current and potential customers who may decide to manufacture all of their products internally.”

Backlog

Our order backlog at August 31, 2008 was valued at approximately $3.7 billion, compared to approximately $3.0 billion at August 31, 2007. Although our backlog consists of firm purchase orders, the level of backlog at any particular time is not necessarily indicative of future sales. Given the nature of our relationships with our customers, we frequently allow our customers to cancel or reschedule deliveries, and therefore, backlog is not a meaningful indicator of future financial results. Although we may seek to negotiate fees to cover the costs of such cancellations or rescheduling, we may not always be successful in such negotiations. See “Risk Factors – Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and achieve maximum efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.”

Seasonality

Production levels for our consumer division and the automotive industry sector of our EMS division are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to high demand for consumer products during the holiday selling season.

Components Procurement

We procure components from a broad group of suppliers, determined on an assembly-by-assembly basis. Almost all of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are available from only a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. We attempt to ensure continuity of supply of these components. In cases where unanticipated customer demand or supply shortages occur, we attempt to arrange for alternative sources of supply, where available, or defer planned production to meet the anticipated availability of the critical component. In some cases, supply shortages may substantially curtail production of assemblies using a particular component. In addition, at various times there have been industry-wide shortages of electronic components, particularly of semiconductor products. Such shortages have produced insignificant levels of short-term interruption of our operations, but we cannot assure you that such shortages, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. See “Risk Factors – We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are critical to our manufacturing processes. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profits.”

Proprietary Rights

We regard certain of our manufacturing processes and electronic designs as proprietary intellectual property. To protect our proprietary rights, we rely largely upon a combination of trade secret laws; non-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees, and suppliers; our internal security systems; confidentiality procedures and employee confidentiality agreements. Although we take steps to protect our intellectual property, misappropriation may still occur. Historically, patents have not played a significant role in the protection of our proprietary rights. Nevertheless, we currently have a relatively modest number of solely owned and jointly held patents in various technology areas, and we believe that our evolving business practices and industry trends may result in continued growth of our patent portfolio and its importance to us, particularly as we expand our business activities. Other important factors include the knowledge and experience of our management and personnel and our ability to develop, enhance and market manufacturing services.

10

We license some technology and intellectual property rights from third parties that we use in providing manufacturing and design services to our customers. We believe that such licenses are generally available on commercial terms from a number of licensors. Generally, the agreements governing such technology and intellectual property rights grant us non-exclusive, worldwide licenses with respect to the subject technology and terminate upon a material breach by us.

We believe that our electronic designs and manufacturing processes do not infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties. However, if third parties assert valid infringement claims against us with respect to past, current or future designs or processes, we could be required to enter into an expensive royalty arrangement, develop non-infringing designs or processes and discontinue use of the infringing design or processes, or engage in costly litigation. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise; Our regular manufacturing process and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringements and other claims; The success of our turnkey solution activities depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect, and leverage intellectual property rights to our designs; and Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers or us could harm our business.”

Employees

As of October 13, 2008, we had approximately 61,000 full-time employees, compared to approximately 61,000 full-time employees at October 12, 2007. None of our domestic employees are represented by a labor union. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by works councils. We have never experienced a significant work stoppage or strike and we believe that our employee relations are good.

Geographic Information

The information regarding net revenue and long-lived assets set forth in Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, is hereby incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1.

Environmental

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental regulations, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, or requiring design changes, conformity assessments, or recycling of products we manufacture. We believe that we are currently in substantial compliance with all material environmental regulations. However, from time to time, new regulations are enacted, or existing requirements are changed, and it can be difficult to anticipate how such regulations and changes will be implemented and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with such regulations as they are enacted. Any failure to comply with present and future regulations could subject us to future liabilities, the suspension of production or a prohibition on the sale of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expense to comply with environmental regulations, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our procurement and inventory management activities. See “Risk Factors – Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.”

11

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board. Each executive officer is a full-time employee of Jabil. There are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of our executive officers and any other persons pursuant to which any of such executive officers were selected.

Forbes I.J. Alexander (age 48) was named Chief Financial Officer in September 2004. Mr. Alexander joined Jabil in 1993 as Controller of Jabil’s Scottish operation and was promoted to Assistant Treasurer in April 1996. Mr. Alexander was Treasurer from November 1996 to August 2004. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Alexander was Financial Controller of Tandy Electronics European Manufacturing Operations in Scotland and has held various financial positions with Hewlett Packard and Apollo Computer. Mr. Alexander is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Management Accountants. He holds a B.A. in Accounting from the University of Abertay Dundee, formerly Dundee College of Technology, Scotland.

Sergio Cadavid(age 53) joined Jabil as Treasurer in June 2006. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Cadavid was Assistant Treasurer – Director Global Enterprise Risk Management for Owens-Illinois, Inc. in Toledo, Ohio. Mr. Cadavid joined Owens – Illinois, Inc. in 1988 and held various financial positions in the U.S., Italy and Colombia. He has also held various positions with The Quaker Oats Company, Arthur Andersen & Co. and J.M. Family Enterprises, Inc. Mr. Cadavid holds an M.B.A. from the University of Florida and a B.B.A. from Florida International University.

Meheryar “Mike” Dastoor(age 43) was named Controller in June 2004. Mr. Dastoor joined Jabil in 2000 as Regional Controller – Asia Pacific. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Dastoor was a Regional Financial Controller for Inchcape PLC. Mr. Dastoor joined Inchcape in 1993. He holds a degree in Finance and Accounting from the University of Bombay. Mr. Dastoor is a Chartered Accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

John Lovato (age 48) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Consumer Division in September 2007. Mr. Lovato joined Jabil in 1990 as Business Unit Manager, and has also served as General Manager of Jabil’s California operation. Mr. Lovato was named Vice President, Global Business Units in 1999 and then Senior Vice President, Business Development in November 2002. Most recently Mr. Lovato served as Senior Vice President, Europe from September 2004 to September 2007. Before joining Jabil, Mr. Lovato held positions at Texas Instruments. He holds a B.S. in Electronics Engineering from McMaster University in Ontario, Canada.

Timothy L. Main (age 51) has served as Chief Executive Officer of Jabil since September 2000, as President since January 1999 and as a director since October 1999. He joined Jabil in April 1987 as a Production Control Manager, was promoted to Operations Manager in September 1987, to Project Manager in July 1989, to Vice President Business Development in May 1991, and to Senior Vice President, Business Development in August 1996. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Main was a commercial lending officer, international division for the National Bank of Detroit. Mr. Main has earned a B.S. from Michigan State University and Master of International Management from the American Graduate School of International Management (Thunderbird).

Mark Mondello(age 44) was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in November 2002. Mr. Mondello joined Jabil in 1992 as Production Line Supervisor and was promoted to Project Manager in 1993. Mr. Mondello was named Vice President, Business Development in 1997 and served as Senior Vice President, Business Development from January 1999 through November 2002. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Mondello served as project manager on commercial and defense-related aerospace programs for Moog, Inc. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of South Florida.

William D. Muir, Jr. (age 40) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, EMS Division in September 2007. Mr. Muir joined Jabil in 1992 as a Quality Engineer and has served in management positions including Senior Director of Operations for Florida, Michigan, Guadalajara, and

12

Chihuahua; was promoted to Vice President, Operations-Americas in February 2001 and was named Vice President, Global Business Units in November 2002. Mr. Muir recently served as Senior Vice President, Regional President – Asia from September 2004 to September 2007. In 1992, Mr. Muir earned a Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Engineering and an MBA, both from the University of Florida.

Robert L. Paver (age 52) joined Jabil as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in 1997. Prior to working for Jabil, Mr. Paver was a partner with the law firm of Holland & Knight in St. Petersburg, Florida. Mr. Paver served as an adjunct professor of law at Stetson University College of Law. He holds a B.A. from the University of Florida and a J.D. from Stetson University College of Law.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

As referenced, this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain forward-looking statements regarding various matters. The ultimate correctness of those forward-looking statements is dependent upon a number of known and unknown risks and events, and is subject to various uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from those expressed or implied by those statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on those forward-looking statements. The following important factors, among others, as well as those factors set forth in our other SEC filings from time to time, could affect future results and events, causing results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our annual and quarterly operating results are affected by a number of factors, including:

• adverse changes in general economic conditions;

• the level and timing of customer orders;

• the level of capacity utilization of our manufacturing facilities and associated fixed costs;

• the composition of the costs of revenue between materials, labor and manufacturing overhead;

• price competition;

• changes in demand for our products or services;

• changes in demand in our customers’ end markets;

• our level of experience in manufacturing a particular product;

• the degree of automation used in our assembly process;

• the efficiencies achieved in managing inventories and fixed assets;

• fluctuations in materials costs and availability of materials;

• seasonality in customers’ product requirements; and

• the timing of expenditures in anticipation of increased sales, customer product delivery requirements and shortages of components or labor.

The volume and timing of orders placed by our customers vary due to variation in demand for our customers’ products; our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory; electronic design changes; changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategies; and acquisitions of or consolidations among our customers. In addition, our Consumer division and the automotive industry sector of our EMS division are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to high demand for consumer products during the holiday selling season. In the past, changes in customer orders that reduce net revenue have had a significant effect on our results of operations as a result of our overhead remaining relatively fixed while

13

our net revenue decreased. Any one or a combination of these factors could adversely affect our annual and quarterly results of operations in the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Quarterly Results (Unaudited).”

Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of our customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 47% of our net revenue and 44 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. If any of our customers experience a decline in the demand for their products due to economic or other forces, they may reduce their purchases from us or terminate their relationship with us. Our customers’ industries have experienced rapid technological change, shortening of product life cycles, consolidation, and pricing and margin pressures. Consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and exposes us to increased risks relating to dependence on a small number of customers. A significant reduction in sales to any of our customers or a customer exerting significant pricing and margin pressures on us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In the past, some of our customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of design, production, product management or aftermarket services ordered from us. Our industry’s revenue declined in mid-2001 as a result of significant cut backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overall global economic downturn. We cannot assure you that present or future customers will not terminate their design, production, product management and aftermarket services arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of services ordered from us. If they do, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we generate significant account receivables in connection with providing design, production, product management and aftermarket services to our customers. If one or more of our customers were to become insolvent or otherwise were unable to pay for the services provided by us, our operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected. See “Business – Customers and Marketing” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

In particular, one of the industries to which we provide services, the automobile industry, has recently experienced significant financial difficulty, with some of the participants filing for bankruptcy. Such significant financial difficulty, if experienced by one or more of our customers, may negatively affect our business due to the decreased demand of these financially distressed customers, the potential inability of these companies to make full payment on amounts owed to us, or both.

We are involved in reviews of our historical stock option grant practices.

We are involved in a putative shareholder class action and an SEC informal inquiry, and have received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York in connection with certain historical stock option grants. In response to shareholder derivative actions that also were filed in connection with these certain grants, an independent Special Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Special Committee”) was appointed to review the allegations in such actions. We have cooperated and intend to continue to cooperate with the Special Committee, the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office. The Special Committee concluded that the evidence does not support a finding of intentional manipulation of stock option grant pricing by any member of management. In addition, the Special Committee concluded that it was not in our best interests to pursue the derivative actions. The Special Committee identified certain factors related to our controls surrounding the process of accounting for option grants that contributed to the accounting errors that led to the restatement of our consolidated operations for certain of our previous fiscal years (as further described in the Explanatory Note immediately preceding Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006 and discussed below). Pursuant to the state court’s approval on April 7, 2008, and the federal court’s approval on April 25, 2008, of our proposed settlement of the derivative actions, these actions are no

14

longer pending. The investigations of the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office may look at the accuracy of the stated dates of our historical option grants, our disclosures regarding executive compensation, whether all proper corporate and other procedures were followed, whether our historical financial statements are materially accurate and other issues. We cannot predict the outcome of those investigations. Regardless of the outcomes of the investigations, we will continue to incur costs and the investigations will cause a diversion of our management’s time and attention, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot provide assurances that such investigations will not find inappropriate activity in connection with our historical stock option practices or result in further revising of our historical accounting associated with such stock option grant practices.

The matters relating to the Special Committee’s review of our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our Consolidated Financial Statements have resulted in expanded litigation and regulatory proceedings against us and may result in future litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

On May 3, 2006, the Board of Directors established the Special Committee to conduct a review of our historical stock option granting practices during fiscal years 1996 through 2006. As a result of that review and management’s undertaking of a separate review of our historical stock option grant practices, we identified a number of occasions in which stock option awards that were granted to officers, employees and a non-employee consultant director were not properly accounted for. To correct these accounting errors, we restated prior year and prior quarter Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006. The review of our historical stock option granting practices and the resulting restatements, required us to incur substantial expenses for legal, accounting, tax and other professional services and diverted our management’s attention from our business and could in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our prior financial statements exposed us to greater risks associated with litigation and regulatory proceedings. As described in Part I, Item 3 – “Legal Proceedings”, we are parties to several lawsuits containing allegations relating to stock option grants. We cannot assure you that any determinations made in the current litigation, the SEC informal inquiry or any future litigation or regulatory action will reach the same conclusions on these issues that we reached. The conduct and resolution of these matters may continue to be time consuming, expensive and distracting from the conduct of our business. Furthermore, if we are subject to adverse findings in any of these matters, we could be required to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed upon us which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are involved in an SEC review of our recognition of revenue for certain historical transactions.

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”), assisted by independent legal counsel, reviewed certain historical transactions, and concluded that, while the impact was not material, accounting errors occurred in connection with recognizing certain income and expenses such that our consolidated operations for fiscal year 2001 were lower by an immaterial amount than what was previously reported and our consolidated operations for fiscal year 2002 included in the five year table in Item 6 – “Selected Financial Data” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006 has been revised upward by a similar amount. The Audit Committee’s and legal counsel’s findings were presented to the SEC. We intend to continue to cooperate fully with the SEC’s review of these matters. However, we cannot predict the extent or the outcome of such review. In addition, future litigation and regulatory investigation or action may arise in connection with these revenue recognition issues. We cannot assure you that the determinations reached by the SEC, or reached in any future litigation or regulatory action, will be consistent with our conclusions on these issues. If we are subject to adverse findings in any of these matters, we could be required to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed upon us which could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows. In addition, regardless of the final outcomes of any of

15

these matters, the conduct and resolution of such matters could be sufficiently time-consuming, expensive and distracting to our management team which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Consolidation in industries that utilize electronics components may adversely affect our business.

Consolidation in industries that utilize electronics components may further increase as companies combine to achieve further economies of scale and other synergies, which could result in an increase in excess manufacturing capacity as companies seek to divest manufacturing operations or eliminate duplicative product lines. Excess manufacturing capacity may increase pricing and competitive pressures for our industry as a whole and for us in particular. Consolidation could also result in an increasing number of very large companies offering products in multiple industries. The significant purchasing power and market power of these large companies could increase pricing and competitive pressures for us. If one of our customers is acquired by another company that does not rely on us to provide services and has its own production facilities or relies on another provider of similar services, we may lose that customer’s business. Such consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and exposes us to increased risks relating to dependence on a small number of customers. Any of the foregoing results of industry consolidation could adversely affect our business.

Our customers face numerous competitive challenges, such as rapid technological change and short life cycles for their products, which may materially adversely affect their business, and also ours.

Factors affecting the industries that utilize electronics components in general, and our customers specifically, could seriously harm our customers and, as a result, us. These factors include:

• The inability of our customers to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, which result in short product life cycles.

• The inability of our customers to develop and market their products, some of which are new and untested, the potential that our customers’ products may become obsolete or the failure of our customers’ products to gain widespread commercial acceptance.

• Recessionary periods in our customers’ markets.

• Shifts in the level of demand for our customers’ products due to seasonality and other factors.

• Increased competition among our customers and their respective competitors which may result in a loss of business, or a reduction in pricing power, for our customers.

• New product offerings by our customers’ competitors may prove to be more successful than our customers’ product offerings.

If our customers are unsuccessful in addressing these competitive challenges, or any others that they may face, then their business may be materially adversely affected, and as a result, the demand for our services could decline. Even if our customers are successful in responding to these challenges, their responses may have consequences which affect our business relationships with our customers (and possibly our results of operations) by altering our production cycles and inventory management.

The success of our business is dependent on both our ability to independently keep pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in our industry, and also our ability to effectively adapt our services in response to our customers keeping pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in their respective industries.

If we are unable to offer technologically advanced, cost effective, quick response manufacturing services, demand for our services will decline. In addition, if we are unable to offer services in response to our customers’

16

changing requirements, then demand for our services will also decline. A substantial portion of our net revenue is derived from our offering of complete service solutions to our customers. For example, if we fail to maintain high-quality design and engineering services, our net revenue may significantly decline.

Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and achieve maximum efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.

The volume and timing of sales to our customers may vary due to:

• variation in demand for our customers’ products;

• our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory;

• electronic design changes;

• changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategy; and

• acquisitions of or consolidations among our customers.

Due in part to these factors, most of our customers do not commit to firm production schedules for more than one quarter in advance. Our inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of manufacturing capacity. In the past, we have been required to increase staffing and other expenses in order to meet the anticipated demand of our customers. Anticipated orders from many of our customers have, in the past, failed to materialize or delivery schedules have been deferred as a result of changes in our customers’ business needs, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations. On other occasions, our customers have required rapid increases in production, which have placed an excessive burden on our resources. Such customer order fluctuations and deferrals have had a material adverse effect on us in the past, and we may experience such effects in the future. A business downturn resulting from any of these external factors could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business – Backlog.”

Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy.

Our industry must provide increasingly rapid product turnaround for its customers. We generally do not obtain firm, long-term purchase commitments from our customers and we continue to experience reduced lead-times in customer orders. Customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy for a number of reasons. Such changes, delays and cancellations may lead to our production and possession of excess or obsolete inventory which we may not be able to sell to the customer or a third party. The success of our customers’ products in the market affects our business. Cancellations, reductions, delays or changes in sourcing strategy by a significant customer or by a group of customers could negatively impact our operating results by reducing the number of products that we sell, delaying the payment to us for inventory that we purchased and reducing the use of our manufacturing facilities which have associated fixed costs not dependent on our level of revenue.

In addition, we make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimate of customer requirements. The short-term nature of our customers’ commitments and the possibility of rapid changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate the future requirements of those customers.

On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can stress our resources and reduce operating margins. In addition, because many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand can harm our gross profits and operating results.

17

Our business could be adversely affected by any delays, or increased costs, resulting from issues that our common carriers are dealing with in transporting our materials, our products, or both.

We rely on a variety of common carriers to transport our materials from our suppliers to us, and to transport our products from us to our customers. Problems suffered by any of these common carriers, whether due to a natural disaster, labor problem, increased energy prices or some other issue, could result in shipping delays, increased costs, or some other supply chain disruption, and could therefore have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We compete with numerous other electronic manufacturing services and design providers and others, including our current and potential customers who may decide to manufacture all of their products internally.

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturing services and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica, Inc., Elcoteq SE, Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina-SCI Corporation, as well as smaller companies that often have a regional, product, service or industry specific focus. In addition, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers, and manufacturers that are focused solely on design and manufacturing services, that are selling, or may begin to sell electronics manufacturing services. Most of our competitors have international operations, significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, R&D and marketing resources than us. These competitors may:

• respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies;

• have greater name recognition, critical mass and geographic market presence;

• be better able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities;

• adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements;

• devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services;

• be better positioned to compete on price for their services, as a result of any combination of lower labor costs, lower components costs, lower facilities costs or lower operating costs; and

• be better able to utilize excess capacity which may reduce the cost of their product or service.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In addition, consolidation in our industry results in larger and more geographically diverse competitors who have significant combined resources with which to compete against us. See “Business – Competition.”

We may be operating at a cost disadvantage compared to competitors who have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers or who have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide or who are willing to make sales or provide services at lower margins than us. As a result, competitors may procure a competitive advantage and obtain business from our customers. Our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to significant proprietary protection. In addition, companies with greater resources or a greater market presence may enter our market or increase their competition with us. We also expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products or services, to reduce their current products or service sales prices and to introduce new products or services that may offer greater performance and improved pricing. Any of these developments could cause a decline in sales, loss of market acceptance of our products or services, profit margin compression or loss of market share.

18

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations.

We derived 79.6% of net revenue from international operations in fiscal year 2008 compared to 78.8% in fiscal year 2007. We currently expect our foreign source revenue to slightly increase as a percentage of net revenue over the course of the next twelve months. We currently operate outside the U.S. in Vienna, Austria; Hasselt, Belgium; Belo Horizonte, Manaus, Sao Paulo and Sorocaba, Brazil; Beijing, Huangpu, Nanjing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Suzhou, Tianjin, Wuxi and Yantai, China; Coventry, England; Brest, Lunel and Meung-sur-Loire, France; Jena, Germany; Szombathely and Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; Chennai and Ranjangaon, India; Bergamo, Cassina de Pecchi, Marcianise, Italy; Gotemba and Tokyo, Japan; Penang, Malaysia; Chihuahua, Guadalajara and Reynosa, Mexico; Amsterdam, The Netherlands; Bydgoszcz and Kwidzyn, Poland; Ayr and Livingston, Scotland; Singapore City, Singapore; Taichung and Taipei, Taiwan; Uzhgorod, Ukraine and Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. We continually consider additional opportunities to make foreign acquisitions and construct new foreign facilities. Our international operations may be subject to a number of risks, including:

• difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

• less flexible employee relationships which can be difficult and expensive to terminate;

• labor unrest;

• political and economic instability (including acts of terrorism and outbreaks of war);

• inadequate infrastructure for our operations (i.e. lack of adequate power, water, transportation and raw materials);

• coordinating our communications and logistics across geographic distances and multiple time zones;

• risk of governmental expropriation of our property;

• less favorable, or relatively undefined, intellectual property laws;

• unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and laws;

• longer customer payment cycles and difficulty collecting trade accounts receivable;

• export duties, import controls and trade barriers (including quotas);

• adverse trade policies, and adverse changes to any of the policies of either the U.S. or any of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;

• adverse changes in tax rates;

• legal or political constraints on our ability to maintain or increase prices;

• governmental restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S.;

• burdens of complying with a wide variety of labor practices and foreign laws, including those relating to export and import duties, environmental policies and privacy issues;

• fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could affect local payroll, utility and other expenses; and

• inability to utilize net operating losses incurred by our foreign operations against future income in the same jurisdiction.

In addition, several of the countries where we operate have emerging or developing economies, which may be subject to greater currency volatility, negative growth, high inflation, limited availability of foreign exchange and other risks. These factors may harm our results of operations, and any measures that we may implement to reduce the effect of volatile currencies and other risks of our international operations may not be effective. In our experience, entry into new international markets requires considerable management time as well as start-up

19

expenses for market development, hiring and establishing office facilities before any significant revenue is generated. As a result, initial operations in a new market may operate at low margins or may be unprofitable. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

If we do not manage our growth effectively, our profitability could decline.

Areas of our business may experience periods of rapid growth which could place considerable additional demands upon our management team and our operational, financial and management information systems. Our ability to manage growth effectively will require us to continue to integrate additional facilities or incremental capacity; implement and improve these systems; avoid cost overruns; maintain customer, supplier and other favorable business relationships during possible transition periods; continue to develop the management skills of our managers and supervisors; continue to train, motivate and manage our employees; and realize anticipated synergies, economies of scale and other value. Our failure to effectively manage growth could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

We may not achieve expected profitability from our acquisitions.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate the operations and management of our recent acquisitions. Similarly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to (1) identify future strategic acquisitions, (2) consummate these potential acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, or (3) if consummated, successfully integrate the operations and management of future acquisitions. Acquisitions involve significant risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us, including:

• Financial risks, such as (1) the payment of a purchase price that exceeds the future value that we may realize from the acquired operations and businesses; (2) an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements, which could reduce our return on invested capital; (3) potential known and unknown liabilities of the acquired businesses; (4) costs associated with integrating acquired operations and businesses; (5) the dilutive effect of the issuance of additional equity securities; (6) the incurrence of additional debt and the related interest expense, which could potentially affect our credit ratings; (7) the financial impact of valuing goodwill and other intangible assets involved in any acquisitions, potential future impairment write-downs of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles and the amortization of other intangible assets; (8) possible adverse tax and accounting effects; and (9) the risk that we spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue or that we may have to close facilities at our cost.

• Operating risks, such as (1) the diversion of management’s attention to the assimilation of the businesses to be acquired; (2) the risk that the acquired businesses will fail to maintain the quality of services that we have historically provided; (3) we may have little or no experience operating in the geographic market or industry sector of the acquired business; (4) the need to implement financial and other systems and add management resources; (5) the need to maintain customer, supplier or other favorable business relationships of acquired operations and restructure or terminate unfavorable relationships; (6) the potential for deficiencies in internal controls of the acquired operations; (7) we may not be able to attract and retain the employees necessary to support the acquired businesses; (8) unforeseen difficulties (including any unanticipated liabilities) in the acquired operations; and (9) the impact on us of any unionized work force we may acquire or any labor disruptions that might occur.

Most of our acquisitions involve operations outside of the U.S. which are subject to various risks including those described in “Risk Factors – We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations.”

20

We have acquired and may continue to pursue the acquisition of manufacturing and supply chain management operations from our customers (or potential customers). In these acquisitions, the divesting company will typically enter into a supply arrangement with the acquirer. Therefore, the competition for these acquisitions is intense. In addition, certain divesting companies may choose not to consummate these acquisitions with us because of our current supply arrangements with other companies or may require terms and conditions that may impact our profitability. If we are unable to attract and consummate some of these acquisition opportunities at favorable terms, our growth and profitability could be adversely impacted.

In addition to those risks listed above, arrangements entered into with these divesting companies typically involve certain other risks, including the following:

• The integration into our business of the acquired assets and facilities may be time-consuming and costly.

• We, rather than the divesting company, may bear the risk of excess capacity.

• We may not achieve anticipated cost reductions and efficiencies.

• We may be unable to meet the expectations of the divesting company as to volume, product quality, timeliness and cost reductions.

• If demand for the divesting company’s products declines, it may reduce the volume of purchases and we may not be able to sufficiently reduce the expenses of operating the facility or use the facility to provide services to other customers.

As a result of these and other risks, we may be unable to achieve anticipated levels of profitability under these arrangements, and they may not result in any material revenue or contribute positively to our operations.

Our ability to achieve the expected benefits of the outsourcing opportunities associated with these acquisitions is subject to risks, including our ability to meet volume requirements, product quality, timeliness and pricing requirements, and our ability to achieve the divesting company’s expected cost reduction. In addition, when acquiring manufacturing operations, we may receive limited commitments to firm production schedules. Accordingly, in these circumstances, we may spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue. We may also not achieve expected profitability from these arrangements. As a result of these and other risks, these outsourcing opportunities may not be profitable.

We are expanding the primary scope of our acquisitions strategy beyond our customers and potential customers to include companies seeking to divest their internal manufacturing operations to manufacturing providers such as us. The amount and scope of the risks associated with acquisitions of this type extend beyond those that we have traditionally faced in making acquisitions. These extended risks include greater uncertainties in the financial benefits and potential liabilities associated with this expanded base of acquisitions.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

Over the past few years, we have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations with the intention of improving utilization and realizing cost savings in the future. These initiatives have included changing the number and location of our production facilities, largely to align our capacity and infrastructure with current and anticipated customer demand. This alignment includes transferring programs from higher cost geographies to lower cost geographies. The process of restructuring entails, among other activities, moving production between facilities, closing facilities, reducing staff levels, realigning our business processes and reorganizing our management.

We continuously evaluate our operations and cost structure relative to general economic conditions, market demands and cost competitiveness, and our geographic footprint as it relates to our customers’ production

21

requirements. As a result of this ongoing evaluation, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 we initiated a restructuring program to realign our manufacturing capacity in certain higher cost geographies and to properly size our manufacturing sites with perceived current market conditions. We currently estimate that the restructuring program could result in total restructuring and impairment charges of approximately $250.0 million consisting of pre-tax employee severance and benefit costs, contract termination costs, fixed asset impairment costs, and other related restructuring costs, as well as valuation allowances against net deferred tax assets for certain plants impacted by the current restructuring plan. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we recorded restructuring and impairment charges of $81.9 million and valuation allowances of $37.1 million on net deferred tax assets under this program. During fiscal year 2007, we recorded aggregate restructuring and impairment charges of $72.4 million and reduced our valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets by $2.0 million to an aggregate amount of $35.1 million under this program. During fiscal year 2008, we recorded aggregate restructuring and impairment charges of $54.8 million and increased our valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets by $3.7 million to an aggregate amount of $38.8 million under this program. We have substantially completed our restructuring activities and currently expect to recognize the remaining costs over the course of fiscal year 2009 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011. If we incur additional restructuring related charges, our financial condition and results of operations may suffer. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges” and Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We expect that in the future we may continue to transfer certain of our operations to lower cost geographies, which may require us to take additional restructuring charges. Restructurings present significant potential risks of events occurring that could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, delays encountered in finalizing the scope of, and implementing, the restructurings (including extensive consultations concerning potential workforce reductions (particularly in locations outside of the U.S.)), the failure to achieve targeted cost savings and the failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the loss of employees and any work stoppages that might occur. These risks are further complicated by our extensive international operations, which subject us to different legal and regulatory requirements that govern the extent, and the speed, of our ability to reduce our manufacturing capacity and workforce. In addition, we may have to obtain agreements from our affected customers for the re-location of our facilities in certain instances. Obtaining these agreements, along with the volatility in our customers’ demand, can further delay restructuring activities.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are critical to our manufacturing processes. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profits.

Substantially all of our net revenue is derived from turnkey manufacturing in which we provide materials procurement. While most of our significant long-term customer contracts permit quarterly or other periodic adjustments to pricing based on decreases and increases in component prices and other factors, we may bear the risk of component price increases that occur between any such re-pricings or, if such re-pricing is not permitted, during the balance of the term of the particular customer contract. Accordingly, certain component price increases could adversely affect our gross profit margins. Almost all of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are available from only a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. In addition, at various times industry-wide shortages of electronic components have occurred, particularly of semiconductor products. In the past, such circumstances have produced insignificant levels of short-term interruption of our operations, but could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. In addition, we may purchase components in advance of our requirements for those components as a result of a threatened or anticipated shortage. In that event, we will incur additional inventory carrying costs, for which we may not be compensated, and face a heightened risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence. Also, our production of a customer’s product could be negatively impacted by any quality or reliability issues with any of our component suppliers. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business – Components Procurement.”

22

We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.

The markets for our manufacturing and engineering services are characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving process development. The continued success of our business will depend upon our ability to:

• hire, retain and expand our qualified engineering and technical personnel;

• maintain technological leadership;

• develop and market manufacturing services that meet changing customer needs; and

• successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis.

Although we believe that our operations use the assembly and testing technologies, equipment and processes that are currently required by our customers, we cannot be certain that we will develop the capabilities required by our customers in the future. The emergence of new technology, industry standards or customer requirements may render our equipment, inventory or processes obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, we may have to acquire new assembly and testing technologies and equipment to remain competitive. The acquisition and implementation of new technologies and equipment may require significant expense or capital investment, which could reduce our operating margins and our operating results. In facilities that we establish or acquire, we may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise. Our failure to anticipate and adapt to our customers’ changing technological needs and requirements or to hire and retain a sufficient number of engineers and maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing expertise, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If our manufacturing processes and services do not comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, or if we manufacture products containing design or manufacturing defects, demand for our services may decline and we may be subject to liability claims.

We manufacture and design products to our customers’ specifications, and, in some cases, our manufacturing processes and facilities may need to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. For example, medical devices that we manufacture or design, as well as the facilities and manufacturing processes that we use to produce them, are regulated by the Food and Drug Administration and its non-U.S. counterparts. Similarly, items we manufacture for customers in the defense and aerospace industries, as well as the processes we use to produce them, are regulated by the Department of Defense and the Federal Aviation Authority. In addition, our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes that we use to produce them often are highly complex. As a result, products that we manufacture may at times contain manufacturing or design defects, and our manufacturing processes may be subject to errors or not be in compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, manufacturing or component failure or error, or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or cancelled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies are significant, our business reputation may also be damaged. The failure of the products that we manufacture or our manufacturing processes and facilities to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements may subject us to legal fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down or incur considerable expense to correct a manufacturing process or facility. In addition, these defects may result in liability claims against us or expose us to liability to pay for the recall of a product. The magnitude of such claims may increase as we expand our medical, automotive and aerospace and defense manufacturing services, as defects in medical devices, automotive components and aerospace and defense systems could seriously harm or kill users of these products and others. Even if our customers are responsible for the defects, they may not, or may not have resources to, assume responsibility for any costs or liabilities arising from these defects, which could expose us to additional liability claims.

23

Our regular manufacturing process and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringement and other claims.

Providing manufacturing services can expose us to potential claims that the product design or manufacturing processes infringe third party intellectual property rights. Even though many of our manufacturing services contracts generally require our customers to indemnify us for infringement claims relating to the product specifications and designs, a particular customer may not, or may not have the resources to assume responsibility for such claims. In addition, we may be responsible for claims that our manufacturing processes or components used in manufacturing infringe third party intellectual property rights. Infringement claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, and potentially injunctive action and, regardless of merits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve.

Our design services offerings may result in additional exposure to product liability, intellectual property infringement and other claims, in addition to the business risk of being unable to produce the revenues necessary to profit from these services.

We continue our efforts to offer certain design services, primarily those relating to products that we manufacture for our customers, and we now offer design services related to collaborative design manufacturing and turnkey solutions (including end-user products and components as products). Providing such services can expose us to different or greater potential liabilities than those we face when providing our regular manufacturing services. Our design services business increases our exposure to potential product liability claims resulting from injuries caused by defects in products we design, as well as potential claims that products we design or processes we use infringe third-party intellectual property rights. Such claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, subject the infringing portion of our business to injunction and, regardless of their merits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve. We also may have greater potential exposure from warranty claims and from product recalls due to problems caused by product design. Costs associated with possible product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims and product recalls could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. When providing collaborative design manufacturing or turnkey solutions, we may not be guaranteed revenue needed to recoup or profit from the investment in the resources necessary to design and develop products. Particularly, no revenue may be generated from these efforts if our customers do not approve the designs in a timely manner or at all, or if they do not then purchase anticipated levels of products. Furthermore, contracts may allow the customer to delay or cancel deliveries and may not obligate the customer to any volume of purchases, or may provide for penalties or cancellation of orders if we are late in delivering designs or products. We may even have the responsibility to ensure that products we design satisfy safety and regulatory standards and to obtain any necessary certifications. Failure to timely obtain the necessary approvals or certifications could prevent us from selling these products, which in turn could harm our sales, profitability and reputation.

The success of our turnkey solution activities depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights to our designs.

We strive to obtain and protect certain intellectual property rights to our turnkey solutions designs. We believe that having a significant level of protected proprietary technology gives us a competitive advantage in marketing our services. However, we cannot be certain that the measures that we employ will result in protected intellectual property rights or will result in the prevention of unauthorized use of our technology. If we are unable to obtain and protect intellectual property rights embodied within our designs, this could reduce or eliminate the competitive advantages of our proprietary technology, which would harm our business.

Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers or us could harm our business.

Our turnkey solutions products and the products of our customers may compete against the products of other companies, many of whom may own the intellectual property rights underlying those products. Patent clearance

24

or licensing activities, if any, may be inadequate to anticipate and avoid third party claims. As a result, in addition to the risk that we could become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement, our customers could become subject to infringement claims. Additionally, customers for our turnkey solutions services, or collaborative designs in which we have significant technology contributions, typically require that we indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. If any claims are brought against us or against our customers for such infringement, regardless of their merits, we could be required to expend significant resources in defense of such claims. In the event of a claim, we may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining such a license on reasonable terms if at all. Our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products which are alleged to be infringing rather than face continued costs of defending the infringement claims, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business.

If our turnkey solutions products are subject to design defects, our business may be damaged and we may incur significant fees.

In our contracts with turnkey solutions customers, we generally provide them with a warranty against defects in our designs. If a turnkey solutions product or component that we design is found to be defective in its design, this may lead to increased warranty claims. Although we have product liability insurance coverage, it may not be available on acceptable terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. A successful product liability claim in excess of our insurance coverage or any material claim for which insurance coverage was denied or limited and for which indemnification was not available could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on our officers, managers and skilled personnel.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our executive officers and other skilled personnel. Generally our employees are not bound by employment or non-competition agreements, and we cannot assure you that we will retain our executive officers and other key employees. We could be seriously harmed by the loss of any of our executive officers. In order to manage our growth, we will need to recruit and retain additional skilled management personnel and if we are not able to do so, our business and our ability to continue to grow could be harmed. In addition, in connection with expanding our turnkey solutions activities, we must attract and retain experienced design engineers. Competition for highly skilled employees is substantial. Our failure to recruit and retain experienced design engineers could limit the growth of our turnkey solutions activities, which could adversely affect our business.

Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.

We have completed the installation of an Enterprise Resource Planning system in most of our manufacturing sites, excluding the Green Point sites, and in our corporate location. We are in the process of installing this system in certain of our remaining plants, including certain Green Point sites, which will replace the current Manufacturing Resource Planning system, as well as financial information systems. Any delay in the implementation of these information systems could result in material adverse consequences, including disruption of operations, loss of information and unanticipated increases in costs.

Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process or requiring design changes, conformity assessments or recycling of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present and future

25

regulations, we could become subject to future liabilities, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our procurement and inventory management activities.

Certain environmental laws impose liability for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of real estate, even if such person or company was unaware of or not responsible for the presence of such substances. Soil and groundwater contamination may have occurred at some of our facilities. From time to time we investigate, remediate and monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain of our operating sites. In certain instances where contamination existed prior to our ownership or occupation of a site, landlords or former owners have retained some contractual responsibility for contamination and remediation. However, failure of such persons to perform those obligations could result in us being required to remediate such contamination. As a result, we may incur clean-up costs in such potential removal or remediation efforts. In other instances, we may be solely responsible for clean-up costs associated with remediation efforts.

From time to time new regulations are enacted, or existing requirements are changed, and it is difficult to anticipate how such regulations and changes will be implemented and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with regulations as they are enacted.

Over the last several years, we have become subject to certain legal requirements, principally in Europe, regarding the use of certain hazardous substances in, and the collection, reuse and recycling of waste from, certain products that use or generate electricity. Similar requirements are being developed or imposed in other areas of the world where we manufacture or sell products, including China and the U.S. We believe that we comply, and will be able to continue to comply, with such emerging requirements. We may experience negative consequences from these emerging requirements however, including, but not limited to, supply shortages or delays, increased raw material and component costs, accelerated obsolescence of certain of our raw materials, components and products and the need to modify or create new designs for our existing and future products.

Our failure to comply with any applicable regulatory requirements or with related contractual obligations could result in our being directly or indirectly liable for costs (including product recall and/or replacement costs), fines or penalties and third-party claims, and could jeopardize our ability to conduct business in the jurisdictions implementing them.

In addition, as global warming issues become more prevalent, the U.S. and foreign governments are beginning to respond to these issues. This increasing governmental focus on global warming may result in new environmental regulations that may negatively affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs in complying with any new environmental regulations, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition.

Certain of our existing stockholders have significant control.

At August 31, 2008, our executive officers, directors and certain of their family members collectively beneficially owned 12.8% of our outstanding common stock, of which William D. Morean, our Chairman of the Board, beneficially owned 7.7%. As a result, our executive officers, directors and certain of their family members have significant influence over (1) the election of our Board of Directors, (2) the approval or disapproval of any other matters requiring stockholder approval and (3) the affairs and policies of Jabil.

We are subject to the risk of increased taxes.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax

26

position, however, is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law. We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may assess additional tax or interest and penalties on such additional taxes. In addition, our effective tax rate may be increased by the generation of higher income in countries with higher tax rates, or changes in local tax rates. For example, China enacted a new unified enterprise income tax law, effective January 1, 2008, which will result in a higher tax rate on operations in China as the rate increase is phased in over several years.

Several countries in which we are located allow for tax holidays or provide other tax incentives to attract and retain business. We have obtained holidays or other incentives where available and practicable. Our taxes could increase if certain tax holidays or incentives are retracted (which in some cases could occur if we fail to satisfy the conditions on which such holidays or incentives are based) or if they are not renewed upon expiration, or tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions are otherwise increased. It is anticipated that tax incentives with respect to certain operations will expire within the next year. However, due to the possibility of changes in existing tax law and our operations, we are unable to predict how these expirations will impact us in the future. In addition, acquisitions may cause our effective tax rate to increase, depending on the jurisdictions in which the acquired operations are located.

Our credit rating has recently been downgraded and is subject to further change.

Our credit is rated by credit rating agencies. Our 5.875% Senior Notes and our 8.250% Senior Notes are currently rated BB+ by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), Ba1 by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and BB+ by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), and are considered to be below “investment grade” debt by all three rating agencies. S&P’s rating downgrade in April 2008, along with those by Fitch in October 2007 and Moody’s in February 2007, and any potential future negative change in our credit rating, may make it more expensive for us to raise additional capital in the future on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all; may negatively impact the price of our common stock; may increase our interest payments under existing debt agreements; and may have other negative implications on our business, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, as discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources,” the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes is subject to adjustment from time to time if our credit ratings change. Thus, any potential future negative change in our credit rating may increase the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes and certain of our other borrowings.

Our amount of debt could significantly increase in the future.

As of August 31, 2008, our debt obligations consisted of $400.0 million in principal amount outstanding under our 8.250% Senior Notes, $300.0 million in principal amount outstanding under our 5.875% Senior Notes and $380.0 million outstanding under the term portion of our Credit Facility. As of August 31, 2008, there was $294.8 million outstanding under various bank loans to certain of our foreign subsidiaries and under various other debt obligations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

As of August 31, 2008, we had the ability to borrow up to $800.0 million under the revolving credit portion of our Credit Facility. In addition, the Credit Facility contemplates a potential increase of the revolving credit portion of up to an additional $200.0 million if we and the lenders later agree to such increase. We could incur additional indebtedness in the future in the form of bank loans, notes or convertible securities.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities or undertake significant additional expansion activities, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable, if at all.

27

An increase in the level of our indebtedness, among other things, could:

• make it difficult for us to obtain any necessary financing in the future for other acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

• limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business; and

• make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet future debt service obligations.

We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.

A portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Changes in exchange rates among other currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect our cost of sales, operating margins and net revenue. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations. We use financial instruments, primarily forward purchase contracts to economically hedge U.S. dollar and other currency commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and fixed purchase obligations. If these hedging activities are not successful or if we change or reduce these hedging activities in the future, we may experience significant unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates.

An adverse change in the interest rates for our borrowings could adversely affect our financial condition.

We pay interest on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and certain other long term debt obligations at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. An adverse change in the base rates upon which our interest rates are determined could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to intangible asset risk.

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, which are attributable to business acquisitions. We are required to perform goodwill and intangible asset impairment tests at least on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. As a result of our annual and other periodic evaluations, we may determine that the intangible asset values need to be written down to their fair values, which could result in material charges that could be adverse to our operating results and financial position.

We face certain risks in collecting our trade accounts receivable.

We generate a significant amount of trade accounts receivable sales from our customers. If any of our customers has any liquidity issues, then we could encounter delays or defaults in payments owed to us which could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Our allowance for doubtful accounts receivables was $10.1 million as of August 31, 2008 (which represented less than 1% of our gross trade accounts receivable balance), $10.6 million as of August 31, 2007 (which represented 1% of our gross trade accounts receivable balance) and $5.8 million as of August 31, 2006 (which represented less than 1% of our gross trade accounts receivable balance).

Customer relationships with emerging companies may present more risks than with established companies.

Customer relationships with emerging companies present special risks because such companies do not have an extensive product history. As a result, there is less demonstration of market acceptance of their products making it harder for us to anticipate needs and requirements than with established customers. In addition, due to the current economic environment, additional funding for such companies may be more difficult to obtain and these customer relationships may not continue or materialize to the extent we planned or we previously

28

experienced. This tightening of financing for start-up customers, together with many start-up customers’ lack of prior operations and unproven product markets increase our credit risk, especially in trade accounts receivable and inventories. Although we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for all customers, including start-up customers, based on the information available, these allowances may not be adequate. This risk exists for any new emerging company customers in the future.

Our stock price may be volatile.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The market price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially in the past and could fluctuate substantially in the future, based on a variety of factors, including future announcements covering us or our key customers or competitors, government regulations, litigation, changes in earnings estimates by analysts, fluctuations in quarterly operating results, or general conditions in our industry and the aerospace, automotive, computing, consumer, defense, instrumentation, medical, networking, peripherals, storage and telecommunications industries. Furthermore, stock prices for many companies and high technology companies in particular, fluctuate widely for reasons that may be unrelated to their operating results. Those fluctuations and general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions or international currency fluctuations and demand for our services, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Volatility and weakness in our stock price could mean that investors may not be able to sell their shares at or above the prices they paid. Volatility and weakness could also impair our ability in the future to offer common stock or convertible securities as a source of additional capital and/or as consideration in the acquisition of other businesses.

Provisions in our charter documents and state law may make it harder for others to obtain control of us even though some shareholders might consider such a development to be favorable.

Our shareholder rights plan, provisions of our amended certificate of incorporation and the Delaware Corporation Laws may delay, inhibit or prevent someone from gaining control of us through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or some other method. These provisions may adversely impact our shareholders because they may decrease the possibility of a transaction in which our shareholders receive an amount of consideration in exchange for their shares that is at a significant premium to the then-current market price of our shares. These provisions include:

• a “poison pill” shareholder rights plan;

• a statutory restriction on the ability of shareholders to take action by less than unanimous written consent; and

• a statutory restriction on business combinations with some types of interested shareholders.

Previous changes in the securities laws and regulations have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs; and any future changes would likely increase our costs.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related new rules promulgated by the SEC and the NYSE, required changes in some of our corporate governance, securities disclosure and compliance practices. Compliance with these new rules have increased our legal and financial accounting costs for several years following the announcement and effectiveness of these new rules. While these costs are no longer increasing, they may in fact increase in the future. In addition, any future changes in securities laws, SEC rules or NYSE rules may cause our legal and financial accounting costs to increase.

Due to inherent limitations, there can be no assurance that our system of disclosure and internal controls and procedures will be successful in preventing all errors or fraud, or in informing management of all material information in a timely manner.

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and internal controls and procedures will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and

29

operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system reflects that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been or will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur simply because of error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.

If we receive other than an unqualified opinion on the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2009 and future year-ends as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of your shares.

As directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the SEC adopted rules requiring public companies to include an annual report on internal control over financial reporting in their annual reports on Form 10-K that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. The independent registered public accounting firm KPMG LLP issued an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008. While we continuously conduct a rigorous review of our internal control over financial reporting in order to assure compliance with the Section 404 requirements, if our independent auditors interpret the Section 404 requirements and the related rules and regulations differently from us or if our independent auditors are not satisfied with our internal control over financial reporting or with the level at which it is documented, operated or reviewed, they may decline to attest to management’s assessment or issue a qualified report. A qualified opinion could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

In addition, we have spent a significant amount of resources in complying with Section 404’s requirements. For the foreseeable future, we will likely continue to spend substantial amounts complying with Section 404’s requirements, as well as improving and enhancing our internal control over financial reporting.

There are inherent uncertainties involved in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Any changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

The consolidated and condensed consolidated financial statements included in the periodic reports we file with the SEC are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP involves making estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets (including intangible assets), liabilities and related reserves, revenues, expenses and income. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently subject to change in the future, and any such changes could result in corresponding changes to the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and income. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We are subject to risks associated with natural disasters and global events.

Our operations may be subject to natural disasters or other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our results of operation and increase our costs and expenses. We are susceptible to losses and interruptions

30

caused by hurricanes (including in Florida, where our headquarters are located), earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, tsunamis, floods, typhoons, fire, extreme weather conditions, geopolitical events such as terrorist acts and other natural or manmade disasters. Our insurance coverage with respect to natural disasters is limited and is subject to deductibles and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate, or may not continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms.

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.

Certain of the components that we use in our manufacturing activities are petroleum-based. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources (including oil) in our transportation activities. Over the past several years, energy prices have sharply increased and have experienced significant volatility. These increased energy prices have resulted in an increase to our raw material costs and transportation costs. In addition, the transportation costs of certain of our suppliers and customers have increased, and some of these increased costs may be passed along to us. We may not be able to increase our product prices enough to offset these increased costs. In addition, any increase in our product prices may reduce our future customer orders and profitability.

The rate of growth of gross domestic product in the U.S. has declined in the last few quarters indicating that the U.S. economy could be in or nearing a recession.

Sustained downturns or sluggishness in the U.S. economy, as well as the global economy, generally affect the markets in which we operate. In mid-2001, an overall global economic downturn resulted in a decline in demand for our customers’ products which had a negative impact on our results of operations (as well as our overall industry’s). While the recent economic conditions have not had a material negative impact on our results of operations, they may have such an impact over the next several fiscal quarters and possibly beyond. In addition, the value of certain of our assets has been negatively impacted, and may be impacted in the future.

The financial markets have recently experienced significant turmoil.

If we attempt to obtain future financing, the credit market turmoil could negatively impact our ability to obtain such financing. In addition, the credit market turmoil has negatively impacted certain of our customers, and certain of their customers. These impacts could lead to a decrease in demand for our products, as well as our customers’ products, which could result in a negative effect on our results of operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

We have not received any written comments from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act that were received on or before the date that is 180 days before the end of our 2008 fiscal year and that remain unresolved.

31

Item 2. Properties

We have manufacturing, aftermarket services, design and support operations located in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, China, England, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Scotland, Singapore, Taiwan, Ukraine, Vietnam and the U.S. As part of our historical restructuring programs, certain of our facilities are no longer used in our business operations, as identified in the table below. We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate to carry out our business at expected capacity for the foreseeable future. The table below lists the locations and square footage for our facilities as of August 31, 2008:

Location	Approximate Square Footage	Type of Interest (Leased/Owned)	Description of Use
Auburn Hills, Michigan	207,000	Owned	Manufacturing, Design
Auburn Hills, Michigan	19,000	Leased	Support
Billerica, Massachusetts (1)	503,000	Leased	Prototype Manufacturing
Louisville, Kentucky	140,000	Leased	Aftermarket
McAllen, Texas	211,000	Leased	Aftermarket
Memphis, Tennessee	1,562,000	Leased	Manufacturing, Aftermarket
Poughkeepsie, New York	40,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Round Rock, Texas	105,000	Leased	Aftermarket
San Jose, California (1)	181,000	Leased	Prototype Manufacturing
Simi Valley, California	35,000	Leased	Support
St. Joe, Michigan	5,000	Leased	Support
St. Petersburg, Florida	310,000	Leased	Manufacturing, Support
St. Petersburg, Florida	298,000	Owned	Manufacturing, Design, Aftermarket, Support
Tampa, Florida (2)	78,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Tempe, Arizona	191,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Belo Horizonte, Brazil	298,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Chihuahua, Mexico	1,025,000	Owned	Manufacturing, Aftermarket
Chihuahua, Mexico	106,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Guadalajara, Mexico	363,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Guadalajara, Mexico	135,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Manaus, Brazil	386,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Reynosa, Mexico	410,000	Owned	Aftermarket
Reynosa, Mexico	847,000	Leased	Manufacturing, Aftermarket
Sao Paulo, Brazil	35,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Sorocaba, Brazil	27,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Tijuana, Mexico (2)	63,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Total Americas	7,580,000
Beijing, China	9,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Chennai, India	284,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Gotemba, Japan	138,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam	75,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Huangpu, China	2,609,000	Owned	Manufacturing, Support
Mumbai, India (2)	219,000	Leased	Support
Nanjing, China	212,000	Leased	Manufacturing, Design
Penang, Malaysia	1,003,000	Owned	Manufacturing, Design, Aftermarket
Penang, Malaysia	436,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Pune, India	11,000	Leased	Support
Ranjangaon, India	858,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Shanghai, China	360,000	Owned	Manufacturing, Design, Aftermarket
Shenzhen, China	290,000	Leased	Manufacturing, Support

32

Location	Approximate Square Footage	Type of Interest (Leased/Owned)	Description of Use
Singapore City, Singapore	85,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Suzhou, China	27,000	Leased	Manufacturing, Support
Taichung, Taiwan	564,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Taichung, Taiwan	43,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Taipei, Taiwan	17,000	Leased	Design
Tianjin, China	54,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Tianjin, China	2,181,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Tokyo, Japan	4,000	Leased	Design, Support
Wuxi, China	453,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Wuxi, China	758,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Yentai, China	416,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Total Asia	11,106,000
Amsterdam, The Netherlands	90,000	Leased	Aftermarket
Ayr, Scotland	13,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Bergamo, Italy	76,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Brest, France	365,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Bydgoszcz, Poland	131,000	Leased	Aftermarket
Cassina, Italy	101,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Coventry, England	46,000	Leased	Aftermarket, Support
Dublin, Ireland	4,000	Leased	Support
Eindhoven, The Netherlands	3,000	Leased	Support
Genova, Italy (2)	1,000	Leased	Support
Hasselt, Belgium	65,000	Leased	Prototype Manufacturing, Design
Jena, Germany	8,000	Leased	Design
Kwidzyn, Poland	713,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Livingston, Scotland	130,000	Owned	Manufacturing, Support
Lunel, France	20,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Marcianise, Italy	279,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Meung-sur-Loire, France	111,000	Owned	Manufacturing
San Marco Evangelista (CE), Italy (2)	65,000	Leased	Manufacturing
Szombathely, Hungary	198,000	Owned	Aftermarket
Tiszaujvaros, Hungary	409,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Uzhgorod, Ukraine	227,000	Owned	Manufacturing
Vienna, Austria	87,000	Leased	Prototype Manufacturing, Design
Total Europe	3,142,000
Total Facilities at August 31, 2008	21,828,000

(1) A portion of this facility is no longer used in our business operations.

(2) This facility is no longer used in our business operations.

Certifications

Our manufacturing facilities and our aftermarket facilities are ISO certified to ISO 9001:2000 standards and most are also certified to ISO-14001 environmental standards. Following are additional certifications that are held by certain of our manufacturing facilities as listed:

• Aerospace Standard AS/EN 9100 –Billerica, Massachusetts; Brest, France; Livingston, Scotland; Singapore City, Singapore; St. Petersburg, Florida; and Tempe, Arizona.

33

• Automotive Standard TS16949 –Auburn Hills, Michigan; Chihuahua, Mexico; Huangpu, China; Meung-sur-Loire, France; Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; and Vienna, Austria.

• FDA Medical Certification – Auburn Hills, Michigan; Livingston, Scotland; and Tempe, Arizona.

• Medical Standard ISO-13485 – Auburn Hills, Michigan; Guadalajara, Mexico; Hasselt, Belgium; Livingston, Scotland; Poway, California; San Jose, California; Shanghai, China; Tempe, Arizona and Tiszaujvaros, Hungary.

• Occupational Health & Safety Management System Standard OHSAS 18001 – Ayr, Scotland; Brest, France; Guadalajara, Mexico; Huangpu and Shanghai, China; Manaus, Brazil; Penang, Malaysia; Singapore City, Singapore; St. Petersburg, Florida; and Tiszaujvaros, Hungary.

• Telecommunications Standard TL 9000 – Guadalajara, Mexico; Penang, Malaysia; San Jose, California; and Shanghai and Wuxi, China.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

On September 18, 2006, a putative shareholder class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division against us and various present and former officers and directors, including Forbes I.J. Alexander, Scott D. Brown, Laurence S. Grafstein, Mel S. Lavitt, Chris Lewis, Timothy Main, Mark T. Mondello, William D. Morean, Lawrence J. Murphy, Frank A. Newman, Steven A. Raymund, Thomas A. Sansone and Kathleen Walters on behalf of a proposed class of plaintiffs comprised of persons that purchased our shares between September 19, 2001 and June 21, 2006. A second putative class action, containing virtually identical legal claims and allegations of fact was filed on October 12, 2006. The two actions were consolidated into a single proceeding (the “Consolidated Class Action”) and on January 18, 2007, the Court appointed The Laborers Pension Trust Fund for Northern California and Pension Trust Fund for Operating Engineers as lead plaintiffs in the action. On March 5, 2007, the lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated class action complaint (the “Consolidated Class Action Complaint”). The Consolidated Class Action Complaint is purported to be brought on behalf of all persons who purchased our publicly traded securities between September 19, 2001 and December 21, 2006, and names us and certain of our current and former officers, including Forbes I.J. Alexander, Scott D. Brown, Wesley B. Edwards, Chris A. Lewis, Mark T. Mondello, Robert L. Paver and Ronald J. Rapp, as well as certain of our directors, Mel S. Lavitt, William D. Morean, Frank A. Newman, Laurence S. Grafstein, Steven A. Raymund, Lawrence J. Murphy, Kathleen A. Walters and Thomas A. Sansone, as defendants. The Consolidated Class Action Complaint alleged violations of Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. The Consolidated Class Action Complaint alleged that the defendants engaged in a scheme to fraudulently backdate the grant dates of options for various senior officers and directors, causing our financial statements to understate management compensation and overstate net earnings, thereby inflating our stock price. In addition, the complaint alleged that our proxy statements falsely stated that we had adhered to our option grant policy of granting options at the closing price of our shares on the trading date immediately prior to the date of the grant. Also, the complaint alleged that the defendants failed to timely disclose the facts and circumstances that led us, on June 12, 2006, to announce that we were lowering our prior guidance for net earnings for the third quarter of fiscal year 2006. On April 30, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint asserting claims substantially similar to the Consolidated Class Action Complaint it replaced but adding additional allegations relating to the restatement of earnings previously announced in connection with the correction of errors in the calculation of compensation expense for certain stock option grants. We filed a motion to dismiss the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint on June 29, 2007. The plaintiffs filed an opposition to our motion to dismiss, and we then filed a reply memorandum in further support of our motion to dismiss on September 28, 2007. On April 9, 2008, the court dismissed the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint without prejudice and with leave to amend such complaint on or before May 12, 2008.

On May 12, 2008, plaintiffs filed a Second Amended Class Action Complaint. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint asserts substantially the same causes of action against the same defendants, predicated largely

34

on the same allegations of fact as in the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint except insofar as plaintiffs added KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as a defendant and added additional allegations with respect to (a) pre-class period option grants, (b) the professional background of certain defendants, (c) option grants to non-executive employees, (d) the restatement of our financial results for certain periods between 1996 and 2005 and (e) trading by the named plaintiffs and certain of the defendants during the class period. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint also includes an additional claim for insider trading against certain defendants pursuant to Rules 10b-5 and 10b5-1 promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act. We believe that the Second Amended Class Action Complaint is without merit as the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint and we are currently awaiting the court’s ruling on our motion to dismiss this complaint. We will continue to vigorously defend the action, although no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of any such further proceedings.

In addition to the private litigation described above, we were notified on May 2, 2006 by the Staff of the SEC of an informal inquiry concerning our stock option grant practices. On May 17, 2006, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York requesting certain stock option related material. In addition, our review of our historical stock option practices led us to review certain transactions proposed or effected between fiscal years 1999 and 2002 to determine if we properly recognized revenue associated with those transactions. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors engaged independent legal counsel to assist it in reviewing certain proposed or effected transactions with certain customers that occurred during this period. The review determined that there was inadequate documentation to support our recognition of certain revenues received during the period. Our Audit Committee concluded that there was no direct evidence that any of our employees intentionally made or caused false accounting entries to be made in connection with these transactions, and we concluded that the impact was immaterial. We have provided the SEC with the report that this independent counsel produced regarding these revenue recognition issues, the Special Committee’s report regarding our stock option grant practices, and the other information requested to date. In addition, we continue to cooperate fully with the Special Committee, the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office. We cannot predict what effect such reviews may have. See “Risk Factors – We are involved in reviews of our historical stock option grant practices” and “– We are involved in an SEC review of our recognition of revenue for certain historical transactions.”

We are party to certain other lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.

35

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JBL.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the fiscal periods indicated.

	High		Low
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008
First Quarter (September 1, 2007 – November 30, 2007)	$	25.80	$	16.62
Second Quarter (December 1, 2007 – February 29, 2008)	$	18.52	$	12.50
Third Quarter (March 1, 2008 – May 31, 2008)	$	13.35	$	9.03
Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2008 – August 31, 2008)	$	18.78	$	13.01
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007
First Quarter (September 1, 2006 – November 30, 2006)	$	31.26	$	25.98
Second Quarter (December 1, 2006 – February 28, 2007)	$	29.48	$	23.40
Third Quarter (March 1, 2007 – May 31, 2007)	$	26.85	$	21.00
Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2007 – August 31, 2007)	$	25.27	$	19.95

On October 13, 2008, the closing sales price for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $7.76. As of October 13, 2008, there were 3,893 holders of record of our common stock.

Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this report.

Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our cash dividends paid or declared to common stockholders during fiscal years 2007 and 2008.

Dividend Information

	Dividend declaration date	Dividend per share		Total of cash dividends declared		Date of record for dividend payment	Dividend cash payment date
	(in thousands, except for per share data)
Fiscal year 2007:	November 2, 2006	$	0.07	$	14,378	November 15, 2006	December 1, 2006
	January 22, 2007	$	0.07	$	14,414	February 15, 2007	March 1, 2007
	April 30, 2007	$	0.07	$	14,517	May 15, 2007	June 1, 2007
	August 2, 2007	$	0.07	$	14,559	August 15, 2007	September 4, 2007
Fiscal year 2008:	November 1, 2007	$	0.07	$	14,667	November 15, 2007	December 3, 2007
	January 17, 2008	$	0.07	$	14,704	February 15, 2008	March 3, 2008
	April 17, 2008	$	0.07	$	14,704	May 15, 2008	June 2, 2008
	July 16, 2008	$	0.07	$	14,739	August 15, 2008	September 2, 2008

We currently expect to continue to declare and pay quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

36

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to our repurchase of common stock for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008.

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program
June 1, 2008 – June 30, 2008	—	$	—	—	—
July 1, 2008 – July 31, 2008	—	$	—	—	—
August 1, 2008 – August 31, 2008	17,311	$	16.86	—	—
Total	17,311	$	16.86	—	—

(1) The number of shares reported above as purchased are attributable to shares surrendered to us by employees in payment of the exercise price related to Option exercises or minimum tax obligations related to vesting of restricted shares.

37

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected data are derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. This data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto incorporated into Item 8, and with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2005			2004
	(in thousands, except for per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Earnings Data:
Net revenue	$	12,779,703		$	12,290,592		$	10,265,447		$	7,524,386		$	6,252,897
Cost of revenue		11,911,902			11,478,562			9,500,547			6,895,880			5,714,517
Gross profit		867,801			812,030			764,900			628,506			538,380
Selling, general and administrative		491,324			491,967			382,210			314,270			257,748
Research and development		32,984			36,381			34,975			22,507			13,813
Amortization of intangibles		37,288			29,347			24,323			39,762			43,709
Acquisition-related charges		—			—			—			—			1,339	(5)
Restructuring and impairment charges		54,808	(1)		72,396	(2)		81,585	(3)		—			—
Operating income		251,397			181,939			241,807			251,967			221,771
Other expense		11,902	(1)		15,888	(2)		11,918	(3)		4,106	(4)		7,193	(5)
Interest income		(12,014	)		(14,531	)		(18,734	)		(13,774	)		(7,237	)
Interest expense		94,316			86,069			23,507			20,667			18,546
Income before income taxes and minority interest		157,193			94,513			225,116			240,968			203,269
Income tax expense		25,119	(1)		21,401	(2)		60,598	(3)		37,093			29,539
Minority Interest, net of tax		(1,818	)		(124	)		—			—			—
Net income	$	133,892		$	73,236		$	164,518		$	203,875		$	173,730
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.65		$	0.36		$	0.79		$	1.01		$	0.87
Diluted	$	0.65		$	0.35		$	0.77		$	0.98		$	0.85
Common shares used in the calculations of earnings per share:
Basic		205,275			203,779			207,413			202,501			200,430
Diluted		206,158			206,972			212,540			207,706			205,559

38

	August 31,
	2008		2007		2006		2005		2004
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital	$	1,091,497	$	675,446	$	977,631	$	1,117,806	$	1,023,591
Total assets	$	7,032,137	$	6,295,232	$	5,411,730	$	4,087,986	$	3,334,039
Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations	$	269,937	$	501,716	$	63,813	$	674	$	4,412
Notes payable, long-term debt and long – term lease obligations, less current installments	$	1,099,473	$	760,477	$	329,520	$	326,580	$	305,194
Total stockholders’ equity	$	2,715,725	$	2,443,011	$	2,294,481	$	2,145,941	$	1,824,023
Cash dividends declared, per share	$	0.28	$	0.28	$	0.14	$	—	$	—

(1) During fiscal year 2008, we recorded charges of $54.8 million ($39.6 million after-tax) related to the restructuring plan initiated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. Also related to the restructuring plan, we increased valuation allowances by $3.7 million, to $38.8 million, on net deferred tax assets. We also recorded $11.9 million ($7.2 million after-tax) of other expense related to a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

(2) During fiscal year 2007, we recorded charges of $72.4 million ($59.3 million after-tax) related to the restructuring plan initiated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. Also related to the restructuring plan, we reduced valuation allowances by $2.0 million, to $35.1 million, on net deferred tax assets through income tax expense. We also recorded $15.9 million ($9.7 million after-tax) of other expense related to a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

(3) During fiscal year 2006, we recorded charges of $81.9 million ($70.1 million after-tax) related to the restructuring plan initiated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, partially offset by the reversal of $0.3 million related to restructuring charges incurred under historical restructuring plans. Also related to the restructuring plan, we recorded valuation allowances of $37.1 million on net deferred tax assets through income tax expense. We also recorded $11.9 million ($7.2 million after-tax) of other expense related to a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

(4) During fiscal year 2005, we recorded $4.1 million ($2.5 million after-tax) of other expense related to a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

(5) During fiscal year 2004, we recorded acquisition-related charges of $1.3 million ($1.0 million after-tax) primarily in connection with the acquisitions of certain operations of Philips and NEC. We also recorded other expense of $7.2 million, consisting of $6.4 million ($4.0 million after-tax) for a loss on the write-off of unamortized issuance costs associated with our convertible subordinated notes, which were retired in May 2004, and $0.8 million ($0.5 million after-tax) for a loss on the sale of receivables under our accounts receivable securitization program.

39

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services to companies in the aerospace, automotive, computing, consumer, defense, industrial, instrumentation, medical, networking, peripherals, storage and telecommunications industries. The industry in which we operate is composed of companies that provide a range of manufacturing and design services to companies that utilize electronics components in their products. The industry experienced rapid change and growth through the 1990’s as an increasing number of companies chose to outsource an increasing portion, and, in some cases, all of their manufacturing requirements. In mid-2001, the industry’s revenue declined as a result of significant cut-backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overall global economic downturn at the time. In response to this industry and global economic downturn, we implemented a restructuring program to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers. During the third quarter of our 2001 fiscal year, we implemented a restructuring program to reduce our cost structure due to the global economic downturn. This restructuring program included reductions in workforce, re-sizing of facilities and the transition of certain facilities into new customer development sites. The macroeconomic conditions for us, and the electronic manufacturing services industry as a whole, continued to deteriorate during our 2002 fiscal year, resulting in additional restructuring programs being implemented during our 2002 fiscal year. These restructuring programs included reductions in workforce, re-sizing of facilities and the closure of facilities. Industry revenues generally began to stabilize in 2003 and companies continued to turn to outsourcing versus internal manufacturing. During our 2006 fiscal year we initiated a restructuring program to realign our manufacturing capacity in certain higher cost geographies and to properly size our manufacturing sites with perceived market conditions. Over the past four years we have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base through acquisitions and organic growth. We believe further growth opportunities exist for the industry to penetrate the worldwide electronics markets. The rate of growth, however, of gross domestic product in the U.S. has recently declined. While recent economic conditions have not yet had a material negative impact on our results of operations, they may have such an impact over the next several fiscal quarters and possibly beyond.

On September 1, 2007, we reorganized our manufacturing business into a Consumer division and an Electronic Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) division. Based on this reorganization, we currently have three operating segments – Consumer, EMS and Aftermarket Services (“AMS”). We believe that these divisions provide cost-effective solutions for our customers by grouping business units with similar needs together into divisions, each with full accountability for design, operations, supply chain management and delivery. Our AMS division provides warranty and repair services to customers in a broad range of industries, including certain of our manufacturing customers. Our Consumer division has dedicated resources designed to meet the particular needs of the consumer products industry and focuses on cell phones and mobile products, televisions, set-top boxes and peripheral products such as printers. Our EMS division focuses on the traditional and emerging electronic manufacturing services business sectors, including automotive, computing, defense and aerospace, industrial, medical, networking, storage and telecommunications businesses. See “– Financial Information about Business Segments” below.

We derive revenue principally from the product sales of electronic equipment built to customer specifications. We recognize revenue, net of estimated product return costs, generally when goods are shipped, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and recoverability is reasonably assured. The volume and timing of orders placed by our customers vary due to several factors, including: variation in demand for our customers’ products; our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory; electronic design changes; changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategies; and acquisitions of or consolidations among our customers. Demand for our customers’ products depends on, among other things, product life cycles, competitive conditions and general economic conditions.

40

Our cost of revenue includes the cost of electronic components and other materials that comprise the products we manufacture; the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead; and adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory. As a provider of turnkey manufacturing services, we are responsible for procuring components and other materials. This requires us to commit significant working capital to our operations and to manage the purchasing, receiving, inspection and stocking of materials. Although we bear the risk of fluctuations in the cost of materials and excess scrap, we periodically negotiate cost of materials adjustments with our customers. Net revenue from each product that we manufacture consists of an element based on the costs of materials in that product and an element based on the labor and manufacturing overhead costs allocated to that product. We refer to the portion of the sales price of a product that is based on materials costs as “material-based revenue,” and to the portion of the sales price of a product that is based on labor and manufacturing overhead costs as “manufacturing-based revenue.” Our gross margin for any product depends on the mix between the cost of materials in the product and the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead allocated to the product. We typically realize higher gross margins on manufacturing-based revenue than we do on materials-based revenue. As we gain experience in manufacturing a product, we usually achieve increased efficiencies, which result in lower labor and manufacturing overhead costs for that product.

Our operating results are impacted by the level of capacity utilization of manufacturing facilities; indirect labor costs; and selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating income margins have generally improved during periods of high production volume and high capacity utilization. During periods of low production volume, we generally have idle capacity and reduced operating income margins. As our capacity has grown during recent years through the construction of new greenfield facilities, the expansion of existing facilities and our acquisition of additional facilities, our selling, general and administrative expenses have increased to support this growth.

We have consistently utilized advanced circuit design, production design and manufacturing technologies to meet the needs of our customers. To support this effort, our engineering staff focuses on developing and refining design and manufacturing technologies to meet specific needs of specific customers. Most of the expenses associated with these customer-specific efforts are reflected in our cost of revenue. In addition, our engineers engage in R&D of new technologies that apply generally to our operations. The expenses of these R&D activities are reflected in the “Research and Development” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

An important element of our strategy is the expansion of our global production facilities. The majority of our revenue and materials costs worldwide are denominated in U.S. dollars, while our labor and utility costs in plants outside the U.S. are denominated in local currencies. We economically hedge these local currency costs, based on our evaluation of the potential exposure as compared to the cost of the hedge, through the purchase of foreign exchange contracts. Changes in the fair market value of such hedging instruments are reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. See “Risk Factors – We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.”

We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue. A significant reduction in sales to any of our large customers or a customer exerting significant pricing and margin pressures on us would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In the past, some of our customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of manufacturing services ordered from us. There can be no assurance that present or future customers will not terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of manufacturing services ordered from us. Any such termination of a manufacturing relationship or change, reduction or delay in orders could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. See “Risk Factors – Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of our customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue” and Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

41

Summary of Results

Net revenue for fiscal year 2008 increased approximately 4.0% to $12.8 billion compared to $12.3 billion for fiscal year 2007. The increase in our net revenue base year-over-year primarily represents stronger market share with our existing programs, organic growth from new and existing customers as vertical companies continue to convert to an outsourcing model, and additional sales related to certain recent business acquisitions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Acquisitions and Expansion” and Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of our recent business acquisitions. Additionally, we continue to enhance our business model by adding services in the areas of collaborative design, system integration, order fulfillment and aftermarket.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan to better align our manufacturing capacity in certain higher cost geographies and to properly size our manufacturing sites with perceived current market conditions (the “2006 Restructuring Plan”). Based on the analysis completed to date, we currently expect to recognize approximately $250.0 million in restructuring and impairment charges as a result of the 2006 Restructuring Plan. The restructuring charges include pre-tax employee severance and benefit costs, contract termination costs and other related restructuring costs. The impairment charges include pre-tax fixed asset impairment costs, as well as valuation allowances against net deferred tax assets. We have substantially completed our restructuring activities under the 2006 Restructuring Plan and currently expect to recognize the remaining costs over the course of fiscal year 2009 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011. This information will be subject to the finalization of the timetables for the transitional functions, consultation with employees and their representatives, as well as the statutory severance requirements of the particular legal jurisdictions impacted. For further discussion of this restructuring program and the restructuring and impairment costs recognized, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges” and Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. See also “Risk Factors – We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.”

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ended August 31, certain key operating results and other financial information (in thousands, except per share data).

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
Net revenue	$	12,779,703	$	12,290,592	$	10,265,447
Gross profit	$	867,801	$	812,030	$	764,900
Operating income	$	251,397	$	181,939	$	241,807
Net income	$	133,892	$	73,236	$	164,518
Basic earnings per share	$	0.65	$	0.36	$	0.79
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.65	$	0.35	$	0.77

Key Performance Indicators

Management regularly reviews financial and non-financial performance indicators to assess the Company’s operating results. The following table sets forth, for the quarterly periods indicated, certain of management’s key financial performance indicators.

	Three Months Ended
	August 31, 2008	May 31, 2008	February 29, 2008	November 30, 2007
Sales cycle	20 days	21 days	23 days	22 days
Inventory turns	8 turns	8 turns	8 turns	8 turns
Days in accounts receivable	40 days	39 days	39 days	42 days
Days in inventory	45 days	47 days	47 days	42 days
Days in accounts payable	65 days	65 days	63 days	62 days

42

	Three Months Ended
	August 31, 2007	May 31, 2007	February 28, 2007	November 30, 2006
Sales cycle	19 days	25 days	29 days	23 days
Inventory turns	8 turns	8 turns	7 turns	8 turns
Days in accounts receivable	39 days	40 days	41 days	42 days
Days in inventory	43 days	47 days	50 days	46 days
Days in accounts payable	63 days	62 days	62 days	65 days

The sales cycle is calculated as the sum of days in accounts receivable and days in inventory, less the days in accounts payable; accordingly, the variance in the sales cycle quarter over quarter is a direct result of changes in these indicators. Days in accounts receivable increased one day to 40 days during the three months ended August 31, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter which was primarily due to timing of sales and cash collection efforts during the quarter. Days in accounts receivable remained consistent at 39 days during the three months ended May 31, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter. During the three months ended February 29, 2008, days in accounts receivable decreased three days to 39 days from the prior sequential quarter and during the three months ended November 30, 2007 days in accounts receivable increased three days to 42 days from the prior sequential quarter. Both of these fluctuations were a result of timing of sales and cash collection efforts during the quarter, as well as related seasonality factors.

Days in inventory decreased two days to 45 days during the three months ended August 31, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter as a result of improved inventory management. Days in inventory remained consistent at 47 days during the three months ended May 31, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter. During the three months ended February 29, 2008, days in inventory increased five days to 47 days due to decreased sales during the quarter resulting from seasonality factors in our consumer sector and delays in customer demand which had been scheduled during future quarters. Days in inventory decreased one day to 42 days during the three months ended November 30, 2007. The decrease in days in inventory was primarily a result of increased sales during the quarter and related seasonality factors. Inventory turns remained consistent at eight turns during all of the fiscal year 2008 periods.

Days in accounts payable remained consistent at 65 days during the three months ended August 31, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter. Days in accounts payable increased two days to 65 days during the three months ended May 31, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter, increased one day to 63 days during the three months ended February 29, 2008 from the prior sequential quarter and decreased one day to 62 days during the three months ended November 30, 2007 from the prior sequential quarter. These fluctuations in days in accounts payables during fiscal year 2008 were primarily a result of timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the respective quarters.

The sales cycle was 19 days during the three months ended August 31, 2007 and was 20 days during the three months ended August 31, 2008. This increase was due to changes in accounts receivable, accounts payable and inventory that are discussed above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances; however, actual results may vary from these estimates and assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 1 – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

43

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue principally from the product sales of electronic equipment built to customer specifications. We also derive revenue to a lesser extent from aftermarket services, design services and excess inventory sales. Revenue from product sales and excess inventory sales is generally recognized, net of estimated product return costs, when goods are shipped; title and risk of ownership have passed; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and recoverability is reasonably assured. Aftermarket service related revenue is recognized upon completion of the services. Design service related revenue is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. We assume no significant obligations after product shipment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables not expected to be collected from our customers. This allowance is based on management’s assessment of specific customer balances, considering the age of receivables and financial stability of the customer. If there is an adverse change in the financial condition and circumstances of our customers, or if actual defaults are higher than provided for, an addition to the allowance may be necessary.

Inventory Valuation

We purchase inventory based on forecasted demand and record inventory at the lower of cost or market. Management regularly assesses inventory valuation based on current and forecasted usage and other lower of cost or market considerations. If actual market conditions or our customers’ product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional valuation adjustments may be necessary.

Long-Lived Assets

We review property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property, plant and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying value to the undiscounted projected future cash flows that the asset(s) are expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset over its respective fair value, which is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows or at the appraised value. The impairment analysis is based on significant assumptions of future results made by management, including revenue and cash flow projections. Circumstances that may lead to impairment of property, plant and equipment include unforeseen decreases in future performance or industry demand and the restructuring of our operations resulting from a change in our business strategy. For further discussion of our current restructuring program, refer to Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges.”

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. Estimated useful lives of amortizable intangible assets are determined by management based on an assessment of the period over which the asset is expected to contribute to future cash flows. The allocation of amortizable intangible assets impacts the amounts allocable to goodwill.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142,Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(“SFAS 142”), we perform a goodwill impairment test using a two-step method on an annual basis or whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level, which the Company has determined to be consistent with its operating segments as defined in Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The recoverability of goodwill is determined by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying

44

amount, including goodwill, to the fair market value of the reporting unit, based on projected discounted future results and comparative market multiples. The use of comparative market multiples (the market approach) compares our company to other comparable companies based on valuation multiples to arrive at a fair value. We regularly compare our company and our divisions to our competitors and we believe the judgments used to arrive at these comparable companies are reasonable. The use of projected discounted future results (discounted cash flow approach) is based on assumptions that are consistent with our best estimates of future growth and the strategic plan used to manage the underlying business. Factors requiring significant judgment include the identification of reporting units, allocation of related goodwill, the assignment of corporate assets and liabilities to reporting units, future growth rates, discount factors and tax rates, amongst other considerations. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in goodwill impairment in future periods. We completed the annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test.

Restructuring and Impairment Charges

We have recognized restructuring and impairment charges related to reductions in workforce, re-sizing and closure of facilities, and the transition of production from certain facilities into other new and existing facilities. These charges were recorded pursuant to formal plans developed and approved by management. The recognition of restructuring and impairment charges requires that we make certain judgments and estimates regarding the nature, timing and amount of costs associated with these plans. The estimates of future liabilities may change, requiring additional restructuring and impairment charges or the reduction of liabilities already recorded. At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the remaining accrued balances to ensure that no excess accruals are retained and the utilization of the provisions are for their intended purpose in accordance with the restructuring programs. For further discussion of our restructuring programs, refer to Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Impairment Charges.”

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

We have pension and postretirement benefit costs and liabilities, which are developed from actuarial valuations. Actuarial valuations require management to make certain judgments and estimates of discount rates, compensation rate increases and return on plan assets. We evaluate these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. The discount rate is used to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. When considering the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we take into account current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on plan assets. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover. For further discussion of our pension and postretirement benefits, refer to Note 9 – “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

We estimate our income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, a process that includes estimating exposures related to examinations by taxing authorities. We must also make judgments regarding the ability to realize the deferred tax assets. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on our belief that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance has been established for deferred tax assets that we do not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria established by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,Accounting for Income Taxes(“SFAS 109”). Our judgments regarding future taxable income may change due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws or other factors. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates change in the future, the valuation allowances we have established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a respective increase or decrease in either income tax expense or goodwill.

45

In June of 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. For further discussion related to our income taxes, refer to Note 4 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R),Share-Based Payments (“SFAS 123R”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”), we began recognizing stock-based compensation expense in our consolidated statement of earnings on September 1, 2005. The fair value of options granted prior to September 1, 2005 were valued using the Black-Scholes model while the stock appreciation rights granted after this date were valued using a lattice valuation model. Option pricing models require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the option or stock appreciation right, risk-free rate, expected dividend yield and the price volatility of the underlying stock. Judgment is also required in estimating the number of stock awards that are expected to vest as a result of satisfaction of time-based vesting schedules or the achievement of certain performance conditions. If actual results or future changes in estimates differ significantly from our current estimates, stock-based compensation could increase or decrease. For further discussion of our stock-based compensation, refer to Note 12 – “Stockholders’ Equity” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. See “Risk Factors – We are involved in reviews of our historical stock option grant practices.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 15 – “New Accounting Pronouncements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion on recent accounting pronouncements.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain consolidated statement of earnings data as a percentage of net revenue:

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
Net revenue	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of revenue	93.2		93.4		92.5
Gross profit	6.8		6.6		7.5
Selling, general and administrative	3.8		4.0		3.7
Research and development	0.3		0.3		0.4
Amortization of intangibles	0.3		0.2		0.2
Restructuring and impairment charges	0.4		0.6		0.8
Operating income	2.0		1.5		2.4
Other expense	0.1		0.1		0.1
Interest income	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	(0.2	)
Interest expense	0.8		0.7		0.3
Income before income taxes and minority interest	1.2		0.8		2.2
Income tax expense	0.2		0.2		0.6
Minority interest, net of tax	0.0		0.0		—
Net income	1.0	%	0.6	%	1.6	%

46

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007

Net Revenue.Our net revenue increased 4.0% to $12.8 billion for fiscal year 2008, up from $12.3 billion in fiscal year 2007. The increase in our net revenue base year-over-year primarily represents stronger market share with our existing programs, organic growth from new and existing customers as vertical companies continue to convert to an outsourcing model, and additional sales related to certain recent business acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by decreased levels of production with a major customer in the mobility sector and reduced demand in certain other sectors due to a softening market. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion on our recent business acquisitions. Specific increases include a 40% increase in the sale of telecommunication products; a 20% increase in the sale of peripheral products; a 16% increase in the sale of other products; a 13% increase in aftermarket services; a 12% increase in the sale of networking products; and a 12% increase in the sale of computing and storage products. Specific decreases include a 23% decrease in the sale of mobility products; a 6% decrease in the sale of automotive products; a 5% decrease in the sale of display products; and a 1% decrease in the sale of instrumentation and medical products.

A portion of our net revenue increase is attributable to businesses we acquire. Generally, we assess revenue on a global customer basis regardless of whether the growth is associated with organic growth or as a result of an acquisition. Accordingly, we do not differentiate or report separately revenue increases generated by acquisitions as opposed to existing business. In addition, the added cost structures associated with our acquisitions have historically been relatively insignificant when compared to our overall cost structure.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by industry sector expressed as a percentage of net revenue. The distribution of revenue across our industry sectors has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including but not limited to the following: increased business from new and existing customers; fluctuations in customer demand; seasonality, especially in the automotive and consumer industry sectors; and increased growth in the automotive, consumer, and instrumentation and medical products industry sectors as more vertical companies are electing to outsource their production in these areas.

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
EMS
Automotive	4	%	5	%	5	%
Computing and storage	13	%	11	%	11	%
Instrumentation and medical	18	%	19	%	20	%
Networking	21	%	20	%	13	%
Telecommunications	6	%	5	%	6	%
Other	2	%	2	%	1	%
Total EMS	64	%	62	%	56	%
Consumer
Display	7	%	8	%	8	%
Mobility	12	%	16	%	21	%
Peripherals	12	%	10	%	11	%
Total Consumer	31	%	34	%	40	%
AMS	5	%	4	%	4	%
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

47

Foreign source revenue represented 79.6% of our net revenue for fiscal year 2008 and 78.8% of net revenue for fiscal year 2007. We currently expect our foreign source revenue to slightly increase as a percentage of net revenue over the course of fiscal year 2009 due to expansion in Asia and Eastern Europe.

Gross Profit.Gross profit increased to $867.8 million (6.8% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2008 from $812.0 million (6.6% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2007. The percentage increase from the prior fiscal year was partially due to factors that decreased gross profit in fiscal year 2007, but have since been resolved. The factors that contributed to decreased gross profit in fiscal year 2007 included inefficiencies in our consumer model which adversely impacted margins, shifting to a more integrated model with one customer and shifting to a more vertical solution that integrated our Green Point services for another significant customer. In addition, we have exited production of certain targeted products in the consumer sector.

Selling, General and Administrative.Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to $491.3 million (3.8% of net revenue) from $492.0 million (4.0% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2007. The slight absolute dollar decrease was due to several factors including a $14.5 million decrease in legal and accounting expenses incurred during fiscal year 2007 related to the independent stock option review that was performed; a $14.0 million reversal of previously recognized stock-based compensation expense as a result of a change in estimate related to performance based restricted stock awards that are no longer expected to vest; and a decrease of $4.9 million in stock-based compensation expense incurred during fiscal year 2007 related to certain 2006 personal tax liabilities incurred by certain option holders who have exercised Section 409A affected options as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. These decreases were offset by an increase of $7.4 million as a result of Green Point being consolidated for a full year in fiscal year 2008; an increase of $13.1 million related to the NSN acquisition; and an increase of $13.1 million stock-based compensation expense associated with our annual grant of stock-based awards to employees.

R&D.R&D expenses for fiscal year 2008 decreased to $33.0 million (0.3% of net revenue) from $36.4 million (0.3% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2007. The decrease is attributed primarily to an increased level of customer-funded design projects, along with the repositioning of certain design resources to lower-cost regions.

Amortization of Intangibles.We recorded $37.3 million of amortization of intangibles in fiscal year 2008 as compared to $29.3 million in fiscal year 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to amortization of intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions consummated in fiscal year 2007, offset by certain fully amortized intangible assets. For additional information regarding purchased intangibles, see “Acquisitions and Expansion” below, Note 1(f) – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, Note 6 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restructuring and Impairment Charges.As mentioned in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Summary of Results,” during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we initiated the 2006 Restructuring Plan. We have substantially completed restructuring activities and expect to incur the remaining costs over the course of fiscal year 2009 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011.

For fiscal year 2008, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $54.8 million consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $46.7 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $7.3 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $0.3 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $0.5 million.

For fiscal year 2007, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $72.4 million, consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $31.3 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $2.7 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $45.6 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $1.1 million, offset by $8.3 million of proceeds received in connection with facility closure costs.

48

Through August 31, 2008, the 2006 Restructuring Plan has resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $209.1 million. These charges include cash costs totaling $160.2 million, of which $1.5 million was paid in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006, $64.8 million was paid in fiscal year 2007 and $57.2 million was paid in fiscal year 2008. The cash costs consist of employee severance and benefits costs of approximately $146.4 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $20.0 million and other restructuring costs of $2.1 million. These cash costs were offset by $8.3 million of cash proceeds received in connection with a facility closure. Non-cash costs of approximately $48.9 million primarily represent fixed asset impairment charges related to our restructuring activities.

At August 31, 2008, liabilities of approximately $35.2 million related to these restructurings activities are expected to be paid out in fiscal year 2009. The remaining liability of $5.3 million is related to certain lease commitments and employee severance and termination benefit payments and is expected to be paid out primarily during fiscal years 2009 through 2011.

As of August 31, 2008, as a result of the restructuring activities completed through August 31, 2008 related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan, we expect to avoid annual costs of approximately $151.5 million that would otherwise have been incurred if the restructuring activities had not been completed. The expected avoided annual costs consist of a reduction in employee related expenses of approximately $137.7 million, a reduction in depreciation expense associated with impaired fixed assets of approximately $8.5 million, and a reduction in rent expense associated with leased buildings that have been vacated of approximately $5.3 million. The majority of these annual cost savings will be reflected as a reduction in cost of revenue, with a small portion being reflected as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expense. These annual costs savings are expected to be offset by decreased revenues associated with certain products that are approaching the end-of-life stage; decreased revenues as a result of shifting production to plants located in lower cost regions where competitive environmental pressures require that we pass those cost savings onto our customers; and incremental employee related costs expected to be incurred by those plants to which the production will be shifted. After considering these cost savings offsets, we currently expect to realize net annualized cost savings of approximately $30.0 to $40.0 million by the second half of fiscal year 2009. For further discussion of the current restructuring program, see “Overview – Summary of Results” above, and Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Expense. We recorded other expense on the sale of accounts receivable under our North American securitization program totaling $11.9 million and $15.9 million for the fiscal years ending August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in other expense was primarily due to a decrease in the amount of receivables sold under the program during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. For further discussion of our accounts receivable securitization program, see Note 2 – “Accounts Receivable Securitizations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Income.Interest income decreased to $12.0 million in fiscal year 2008 from $14.5 million in fiscal year 2007. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest yields on operating cash, cash deposits and cash equivalents.

Interest Expense.Interest expense increased to $94.3 million in fiscal year 2008 from $86.1 million in fiscal year 2007. The increase was primarily a result of higher overall average debt levels due to acquisition related debt being outstanding for a full fiscal year.

Income Taxes.Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 16.0% for fiscal year 2008, as compared to an effective tax rate of 22.6% for fiscal year 2007. The decrease is primarily a result of increased income in jurisdictions with lower tax rates. The tax rate is predominantly a function of the mix of tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. Our international operations have historically been taxed at a lower rate than in the U.S., primarily due to tax incentives, including tax holidays, granted to our sites in Brazil, China, Hungary, India, Malaysia and Poland that expire at various dates through 2017. Such tax holidays are subject to conditions with which we expect to continue to comply. See “Risk Factors – We are subject to the risk of increased taxes” and Note 4 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

49

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2006

Net Revenue.Our net revenue increased 19.7% to $12.3 billion for fiscal year 2007, up from $10.3 billion in fiscal year 2006. The increase was due to increased sales levels across most industry sectors, as well as additional sales related to certain recent business acquisitions. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion on our recent business acquisitions. Specific increases include a 142% increase in the sale of other products; an 89% increase in the sale of networking products; a 42% increase in the sale of aftermarket services; a 20% increase in the sale of display products; a 20% increase in the sale of computing and storage products; a 15% increase in the sale of instrumentation and medical products; a 12% increase in the sale of peripheral products; and a 6% increase in the sale of automotive products. Specific decreases include a 12% decrease in the sale of telecommunication products and a 10% decrease in the sale of mobility products. The increased sales levels were due to the addition of new customers and organic growth in these industry sectors, as well as additional sales related to certain recent business acquisitions as discussed above.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by industry sector expressed as a percentage of net revenue. The distribution of revenue across our industry sectors has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including but not limited to the following: increased business from new and existing customers; fluctuations in customer demand; seasonality, especially in the automotive and consumer industry sectors; and increased growth in the automotive, consumer, and instrumentation and medical products industry sectors as more vertical companies are electing to outsource their production in these areas.

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2007		2006
EMS
Automotive	5	%	5	%
Computing and storage	11	%	11	%
Instrumentation and medical	19	%	20	%
Networking	20	%	13	%
Telecommunications	5	%	6	%
Other	2	%	1	%
Total EMS	62	%	56	%
Consumer
Display	8	%	8	%
Mobility	16	%	21	%
Peripherals	10	%	11	%
Total Consumer	34	%	40	%
AMS	4	%	4	%
Total	100	%	100	%

Foreign source revenue represented 78.8% of our net revenue for fiscal year 2007 and 82.3% of net revenue for fiscal year 2006.

Gross Profit.Gross profit decreased to 6.6% of net revenue in fiscal year 2007 from 7.5% in fiscal year 2006. The percentage decrease from the prior fiscal year was partially due to having a higher portion of materials-based revenue, driven in part by growth in our networking sector. In addition, due to the inefficiencies in our current consumer model which has adversely impacted margins, we are shifting to a more integrated model with one customer and shifting to a more vertical solution that will integrate our Green Point services for another significant customer. In addition, we have exited production of targeted products in the consumer sector.

50

In absolute dollars, gross profit for fiscal year 2007 increased $47.1 million versus fiscal year 2006 due to the increased revenue base.

Selling, General and Administrative.Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $492.0 million (4.0% of net revenue) from $382.2 million (3.7% of net revenue) in fiscal year 2006. The absolute dollar increase was largely due to increased costs primarily in Eastern Europe and Asia to support our operational growth and expansion within those areas; the acquisition of Green Point in April 2007; incremental stock-based compensation expense associated with our annual grant of stock-based awards to employees; legal and accounting expenses incurred during fiscal year 2007 related to the independent stock option review that was performed; and incremental costs in fiscal year 2007 due to the acquisition of Celetronix in March 2006.

R&D.R&D expenses in fiscal year 2007 increased to $36.4 million (0.3% of net revenue) from $35.0 million (0.4% of net revenue) in fiscal year 2006. The increase is attributed to growth in our product development activities related to new platform designs, including cell phone modules, wireless and broadband access products, consumer entertainment products, and enterprise storage products. We also continued efforts in new product technologies and the related production design processes; and the development of new advanced manufacturing technologies.

Amortization of Intangibles.We recorded $29.3 million of amortization of intangibles in fiscal year 2007 as compared to $24.3 million in fiscal year 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to amortization of intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions consummated in fiscal year 2007, offset by certain fully amortized intangible assets. For additional information regarding purchased intangibles, see “Acquisitions and Expansion” below, Note 1(f) – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, Note 6 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restructuring and Impairment Charges.As mentioned in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Summary of Results,” during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we initiated the 2006 Restructuring Plan.

During fiscal year 2007, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $72.4 million, consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $31.3 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $2.7 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $45.6 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $1.1 million, offset by $8.3 million of proceeds received in connection with facility closure costs.

The 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $81.9 million for fiscal year 2006 consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $67.4 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $10.1 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $3.6 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $0.8 million, primarily related to the repayment of government provided subsidies that resulted from the reduction in force in certain locations.

These restructuring and impairment charges related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan incurred through August 31, 2007 of $154.3 million include cash costs totaling $105.9 million, of which $1.5 million was paid in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006 and $64.8 million was paid in fiscal year 2007. The cash costs consist of employee severance and benefits costs of approximately $99.8 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $12.9 million and other restructuring costs of $1.5 million. These cash costs were offset by approximately $8.3 million of cash proceeds received in connection with a facility closure. Non-cash costs of approximately $48.4 million primarily represent fixed asset impairment charges related to our restructuring activities.

51

Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we made the final cash payment related to our historical restructuring program. A liability balance of approximately $308.0 thousand remained after remittance of the final payment. This remaining liability was recorded as a reduction of the fiscal year 2006 restructuring charge.

Other Expense. We recorded other expense on the sale of accounts receivable under our North American securitization program totaling $15.9 million and $11.9 million for the fiscal years ending August 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in other expense was primarily due to an increase in the amount of receivables sold under the program during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007. For further discussion of our accounts receivable securitization program, see Note 2 – “Accounts Receivable Securitizations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Income.Interest income decreased to $14.5 million in fiscal year 2007 from $18.7 million in fiscal year 2006. The decrease was primarily due to lower levels of operating cash, cash deposits and cash equivalents due to the repayment of outstanding borrowings under our debt agreements.

Interest Expense.Interest expense increased to $86.1 million in fiscal year 2007 from $23.5 million in fiscal year 2006. The increase was primarily a result of increased borrowings under the revolving credit portion of our Credit Facility, as well as borrowings under our Bridge Facility that was entered into on December 21, 2006, primarily to fund the tender offer and merger with Green Point.

Income Taxes.Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 22.6% for fiscal year 2007, as compared to an effective tax rate of 26.9% for fiscal year 2006. The decrease is primarily a result of the absence of tax expense associated with recording valuation allowances in fiscal year 2006 of $37.1 million on net deferred tax assets as a result of our restructuring plan. For further discussion of the restructuring plan, see Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The tax rate is predominantly a function of the mix of tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. Our international operations have historically been taxed at a lower rate than in the U.S., primarily due to tax incentives, including tax holidays, granted to our sites in Brazil, China, Hungary, India, Malaysia and Poland that expire at various dates through 2017. Such tax holidays are subject to conditions with which we expect to continue to comply. See Note 4 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

52

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial information for the 2008 and 2007 fiscal years. In the opinion of management, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere, and all necessary adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

	Fiscal Year 2008												Fiscal Year 2007
	Aug. 31, 2008			May 31, 2008			Feb. 29, 2008			Nov. 30, 2007			Aug. 31, 2007			May 31, 2007			Feb. 28, 2007			Nov. 30, 2006
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Net revenue	$	3,264,874		$	3,088,269		$	3,058,613		$	3,367,947		$	3,129,831		$	3,001,896		$	2,934,862		$	3,224,003
Cost of revenue		3,034,874			2,878,087			2,870,708			3,128,233			2,900,285			2,782,907			2,763,352			3,032,018
Gross profit		230,000			210,182			187,905			239,714			229,546			218,989			171,510			191,985
Selling, general and administrative		123,707			126,557			124,910			116,150			121,503			140,733			119,975			109,756
Research and development		8,603			8,006			9,863			6,512			9,409			10,498			7,766			8,708
Amortization of intangibles		9,653			9,058			9,722			8,855			8,685			8,804			6,092			5,766
Restructuring and impairment charges		262			3,470			41,789			9,287			39,417			25,325			997			6,657	(2)
Operating income		87,775			63,091			1,621			98,910			50,532			33,629			36,680			61,098
Other expense		2,087			2,010			3,320			4,485			4,395			3,809			4,049			3,635	(2)
Interest income		(2,759	)		(3,051	)		(3,152	)		(3,052	)		(4,219	)		(4,042	)		(3,769	)		(2,501	)
Interest expense		23,807			21,213			23,711			25,585			24,967			28,523			21,072			11,507
Income before income taxes and minority interest		64,640			42,919			(22,258	)		71,892			25,389			5,339			15,328			48,457
Income tax (benefit) expense		7,729			4,657			3,102			9,631			13,297			(505	)		1,529			7,080
Minority interest, net of tax		(580	)		(183	)		(1,315	)		260			367			(390	)		(101	)		—
Net income	$	57,491		$	38,445		$	(24,045	)	$	62,001		$	11,725		$	6,234		$	13,900		$	41,377
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.28		$	0.19		$	(0.12	)	$	0.30		$	0.06		$	0.03		$	0.07		$	0.20
Diluted	$	0.28		$	0.19		$	(0.12	)(1)	$	0.30		$	0.06		$	0.03		$	0.07		$	0.20
Common shares used in the calculations of earnings per share:
Basic		205,889			205,463			205,082			204,649			204,196			203,728			203,377			203,077
Diluted		206,804			206,077			205,082			206,605			206,106			205,772			205,925			206,361

(1) For the three months ended February 29, 2008 all outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the Company was in a loss position.

(2) We received an $8.4 million reimbursement pursuant to an agreement with a company from which we previously purchased certain facilities in order to reimburse us for certain costs related to the closure of a manufacturing facility in Europe. As they relate to activities for which the revenues and expenses have historically been included in our operating income, we have reclassified these $8.4 million of proceeds from other income to restructuring and impairment charges on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

53

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain financial information stated as a percentage of net revenue:

	Fiscal Year 2008								Fiscal Year 2007
	Aug. 31, 2008		May 31, 2008		Feb. 29, 2008		Nov. 30, 2007		Aug. 31, 2007		May 31, 2007		Feb. 28, 2007		Nov. 30, 2006
Net revenue	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of revenue	93.0		93.2		93.9		92.9		92.7		92.7		94.2		94.0
Gross profit	7.0		6.8		6.1		7.1		7.3		7.3		5.8		6.0
Selling, general and administrative	3.8		4.1		4.0		3.4		3.9		4.7		4.1		3.4
Research and development	0.3		0.3		0.3		0.2		0.3		0.3		0.3		0.3
Amortization of intangibles	0.3		0.3		0.3		0.3		0.3		0.3		0.2		0.2
Restructuring and impairment charges	0.0		0.1		1.4		0.3		1.2		0.8		0.0		0.2
Operating income	2.6		2.0		0.1		2.9		1.6		1.2		1.2		1.9
Other expense	0.1		0.1		0.1		0.1		0.1		0.1		0.1		0.1
Interest income	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	(0.1	)
Interest expense	0.7		0.7		0.8		0.8		0.8		1.0		0.7		0.4
Income before income taxes and minority interest	1.9		1.3		(0.7	)	2.1		0.8		0.2		0.5		1.5
Income tax (benefit) expense	0.1		0.1		0.1		0.3		0.4		0.0		0.1		0.2
Minority interest, net of tax	0.0	��	0.0		0.0		—		0.0		0.0		0.0		—
Net income	1.8	%	1.2	%	(0.8	)%	1.8	%	0.4	%	0.2	%	0.4	%	1.3	%

Acquisitions and Expansion

We have made a number of acquisitions that were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Our consolidated financial statements include the operating results of each business from the date of acquisition. See “Risk Factors – We may not achieve expected profitability from our acquisitions.” For further discussion of our recent and planned acquisitions, see Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We completed construction of our new manufacturing facilities in Uzhgorod, Ukraine in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 and in Huangpu, China in the second quarter of fiscal year 2008. We also completed construction of an additional facility in Chennai, India during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 and commenced operations in this facility during the third quarter of fiscal year 2008. We completed construction of an expansion to our existing facilities in Kwidzyn, Poland during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 and Ranjangaon, India during the third quarter of fiscal year 2008. We began expansion to an existing facility in Penang, Malaysia in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008 and have substantially completed construction during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008.

As discussed in Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we entered into a merger agreement on November 22, 2006 with Green Point, pursuant to which Green Point agreed to merge with and into an existing Jabil entity in Taiwan. The legal merger was effective on April 24, 2007. The legal merger was primarily achieved through a tender offer that we made to acquire 100% of the outstanding shares of Green Point for 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share. The tender offer was launched on November 23, 2006 and remained open for a period of 50 days. During the tender offer period, we acquired approximately 260.9 million shares, representing 97.6% of the outstanding shares of Green Point. On January 16, 2007, we paid cash in the amount of approximately $870.7 million (in U.S. dollars) to acquire the tendered shares. Subsequent to the

54

completion of the tender offer and prior to the completion of the acquisition, we acquired approximately 2.1 million Green Point shares in block trades for a price of 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share (or an approximate total of $7.0 million in U.S. dollars). On April 24, 2007, pursuant to the November 22, 2006 merger agreement, we acquired the approximately 4.1 million remaining outstanding Green Point shares that were not tendered during the tender offer period, for 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share (or an approximate total of $13.3 million in U.S. dollars). In total, we paid a total cash amount of approximately $891.0 million in U.S. dollars to complete the merger with Green Point. To fund the acquisition, we entered into a $1.0 billion, 364-day senior unsecured bridge loan facility with a syndicate of banks on December 21, 2006. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. The financial results of Green Point were included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on January 16, 2007. We recorded a minority interest in our Consolidated Financial Statements from January 16, 2007 through April 24, 2007 related to the remaining 2.4% of Green Point outstanding shares that were acquired on April 24, 2007.

On October 17, 2007, one of our Italian subsidiaries entered into an agreement to acquire certain manufacturing operations of Nokia Siemens Networks S.p.A. (“NSN”). The acquired manufacturing operations relate to two of NSN’s existing facilities in Cassina de Pecchi and Marcianise, Italy. The agreement, which was effective November 1, 2007, includes the purchase of certain assets, including machinery, equipment and inventory, and the assumption of certain employee related liabilities. The parties also entered into a manufacturing agreement, pursuant to which we will continue to build products that are currently manufactured at these facilities. We acquired these manufacturing operations to enhance our global standing as a leading provider of telecommunications infrastructure hardware. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Seasonality

Production levels for our Consumer division and the automotive industry sector of our EMS division are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to high demand for consumer products during the holiday selling season.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At August 31, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalent balances totaling $773.0 million, total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations of $1.4 billion and $937.5 million available for borrowing under our revolving credit facilities and amounts available under our accounts receivable securitization programs.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ended August 31 selected consolidated cash flow information (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007			2006
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	411,865		$	183,889		$	448,176
Net cash used in investing activities		(384,720	)		(1,054,422	)		(417,470	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		93,137			715,140			(67,906	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(10,984	)		45,455			14,692
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	109,298		$	(109,938	)	$	(22,508	)

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2008 was $411.9 million. This consisted primarily of $133.9 million of net income, $276.3 million of depreciation and amortization, $54.8 million of non-cash restructuring charges, $36.4 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense, increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $119.9 million, and increases in income taxes payable of $52.0 million. The increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses was due primarily to the timing of purchases in the fourth

55

quarter of fiscal year 2008. The increase in income taxes payable was primarily due to additional unrecognized tax benefits being recorded and the timing of certain income tax payments. These sources of cash were partially offset by $67.4 million in deferred income taxes, a $27.6 million increase in inventory, a $60.8 million increase in accounts receivable, and a $92.7 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets. The increase in inventory was due primarily to the pre-positioning of inventory in anticipation of forecasted first quarter demand. The increase in accounts receivable was due primarily to a reduction in the sale of receivables under our North American securitization program in the amount of $47.3 million. The increase in prepaid expenses and other assets primarily relates to the recording of a note receivable due from a customer.

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal year 2008 was $384.7 million. This consisted of net cash of $58.2 million primarily paid for the acquisition of certain manufacturing operations of NSN and our capital expenditures of $337.5 million for manufacturing and computer equipment to support our ongoing business across all segments and for expansion activities in Asia and Eastern Europe. These expenditures were partially offset by $11.0 million of proceeds from the sale of certain excess property, plant and equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal year 2008 was $93.1 million. This resulted from our receipt of approximately $4.5 billion of proceeds from borrowings under debt agreements, which primarily included an aggregate of $3.1 billion of borrowings under the revolving portion of the Credit Facility, $394.2 million of net proceeds from the 8.250% Senior Notes, and $364.3 million of borrowings under our short-term Indian working capital facilities. In addition we obtained proceeds of $16.5 million upon the issuance of common stock under option plans and employee stock purchase plans. This was offset by approximately $4.4 billion of payments toward debt agreements during fiscal year 2008, which primarily included repayments of an aggregate of $3.1 billion of borrowings under the revolving portion of the Credit Facility, $400.0 million toward repayment of borrowings under the Bridge Facility, and $350.5 million toward repayment of borrowings under our short-term Indian working capital facilities. In addition we paid $58.6 million of dividends to stockholders during fiscal year 2008. See Note 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We may need to finance future growth and any corresponding working capital needs with additional borrowings under our revolving credit facilities described below, as well as additional public and private offerings of our debt and equity. Currently, we have approximately $855.0 million of securities registered with the SEC under our shelf registration statement. The Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) Offering Reform has significantly modified the registration and offering process under the Act. Promptly after filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as a result of our existing “shelf” registration statement expiring December 1, 2008, we anticipate terminating our existing “shelf” registration statement and filing a new “shelf’ registration statement under these simplified registration procedures. The new “shelf” registration statement will register the potential sale of an indeterminate amount of debt and equity securities in the future, from time-to-time, to augment our liquidity and capital resources.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2004, we entered into our North American asset-backed securitization program with a bank, which originally provided for net cash proceeds at any one time of an amount up to $100.0 million on the sale of eligible trade accounts receivable of certain domestic operations. Subsequent to fiscal year 2004, several amendments have increased the net cash proceeds available at any one time under the securitization program up to an amount of $280.0 million and extended the program until March 19, 2009. Under this agreement, we continuously sell a designated pool of trade accounts receivable to a wholly-owned subsidiary, which in turn sells an ownership interest in the receivables to a conduit, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. This wholly-owned subsidiary is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity and its assets would be available first to satisfy the claims of the conduit. As the receivables sold are collected, we are able to sell additional receivables up to the maximum permitted amount under the program. The securitization program requires compliance with several financial covenants including an interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in the securitization agreements, as amended. For each pool of eligible receivables sold to the conduit, we retain a percentage interest in the face value of the receivables, which is calculated based on

56

the terms of the agreement. Net receivables sold under this program are excluded from trade accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. We continue to service, administer and collect the receivables sold under this program. We pay facility fees of 0.35% per annum of 102% of the average purchase limit and program fees of up to 0.275% of the average daily outstanding amounts. The investors and the securitization conduit have no recourse to our assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As of August 31, 2008, we had sold $344.2 million of eligible trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, we received cash proceeds of $242.0 million and retained an interest in the receivables of approximately $102.2 million. In connection with the securitization program, we recognized pretax losses on the sale of receivables of approximately $11.9 million, $15.9 million and $11.9 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which are recorded as other expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, we entered into our foreign asset-backed securitization program with a bank conduit. In connection with the securitization program certain foreign subsidiaries sell, on an ongoing basis, an undivided interest in designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn borrows up to $200.0 million from the bank conduit to purchase those receivables and in which it grants security interests as collateral for the borrowings. The securitization program is accounted for as a borrowing under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140,Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125),(“SFAS 140”). The loan balance is calculated based on the terms of the securitization program agreements. The securitization program requires compliance with several covenants including a limitation on certain corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations and sale of substantially all assets. At August 31, 2008, we had $170.9 million of debt outstanding under the program. In addition, we incurred interest expense at a variable rate of approximately 3.9% plus a fixed spread during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

Our North American and foreign asset-backed securitization programs expire on March 19, 2009 and April 6, 2009, respectively. While we have historically been able to renew such asset-backed securitization programs on similar terms, market conditions at the time our current programs expire may prevent us from doing so. In such an event we would be required to seek other forms of borrowing on more acceptable terms, or increase our borrowing under the revolving credit portion of our Credit Facility, which would decrease our flexibility to make acquisitions and capital expenditures, and also decrease the amount otherwise available for general corporate purposes.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2005, we entered into an agreement with an unrelated third-party for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of a foreign subsidiary. Under the terms of the factoring agreement, we transfer ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable without recourse to the third-party purchaser in exchange for cash. Proceeds on the transfer reflect the face value of the account less a discount. The discount is recorded as a loss on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the period of the sale. The factoring agreement expired in April 2008 and was extended for a six month period. The receivables sold pursuant to this factoring agreement are excluded from trade accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. We continue to service, administer and collect the receivables sold under this program. The third-party purchaser has no recourse to our assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. At August 31, 2008, we had sold $29.4 million of trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, we received cash proceeds of $29.4 million. The resulting loss on the sale of trade accounts receivable sold under this factoring agreement was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the fiscal years ended August 31 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

57

Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations outstanding at August 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized below (in thousands).

	August 31, 2008		August 31, 2007
5.875% Senior Notes due 2010 (a)	$	298,198	$	297,215
8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (b)		396,377		—
Short-term factoring debt (c)		617		8,440
Borrowings under credit facilities (d)		55,579		42,421
Borrowings under loans (e)		423,064		446,663
Borrowings under unsecured bridge credit agreement (f)		—		400,000
Financing obligation related to sale-leaseback transaction (g)		—		5,285
Green Point debt obligations (h)		24,583		62,140
Securitization program obligations (i)		170,975		—
Miscellaneous borrowings		17		29
Total notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations	$	1,369,410	$	1,262,193
Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations		269,937		501,716
Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations, less current installments	$	1,099,473	$	760,477

(a) During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003, we issued a total of $300.0 million, seven-year, 5.875% Senior Notes (the “5.875% Senior Notes”) at 99.803% of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $297.2 million. The 5.875% Senior Notes were offered pursuant to our “shelf” registration statement. The 5.875% Senior Notes mature on July 15, 2010 and pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15. We are subject to covenants such as: limitation upon our consolidation, merger or sale; limitation upon our liens; limitation upon our sales and leasebacks; limitation upon our subsidiaries’ funded debt; limitation on guarantees given by our subsidiaries for our indebtedness; our corporate existence; reports; and compliance and notice requirements.

In July 2003, we entered into an interest rate swap transaction to effectively convert the fixed interest rate of our 5.875% Senior Notes to a variable rate. The swap, which was to expire in 2010, was accounted for as a fair value hedge under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133,Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”). The notional amount of the swap was $300.0 million, which is related to the 5.875% Senior Notes. Under the terms of the swap, we paid an interest rate equal to the six-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) set in arrears, plus a fixed spread of 1.945%. In exchange, we received a fixed rate of 5.875%. The swap transaction qualified for the shortcut method of recognition under SFAS 133, therefore no portion of the swap was treated as ineffective. The interest rate swap was terminated on June 3, 2005. The fair value of the interest rate swap of $4.5 million was recorded in long-term liabilities, with the corresponding offset recorded as a decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the termination date. In addition, we had recorded $0.4 million of interest receivable from the issuing bank as of the termination date. Upon termination, we made a net $4.1 million cash payment to the issuing bank to derecognize the interest rate swap and the accrued interest. The $4.5 million decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes on the Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to operations through interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.

(b) During the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2008, we completed our offerings of $250.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of 8.250% senior unsecured unregistered notes due March 15, 2018, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $245.7 million and $148.5 million, respectively. On June 18, 2008, we commenced an offer to exchange the outstanding unregistered 8.250% Notes for registered 8.250% Notes (collectively the “8.250% Senior Notes”) that are substantially identical to the unregistered notes except that the 8.25% Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and do not have any transfer restrictions, registration rights or rights to additional special interest. Upon completion

58

of the exchange offer on July 18, 2008, all outstanding unregistered notes were exchanged. The 8.250% Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of January 16, 2008, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee (the “Indenture”), as supplemented by the Officers’ Certificates dated January 16, 2008 and May 19, 2008, that were delivered by certain of our officers pursuant to Sections 1.2, 3.1 and 3.3 of the Indenture.

The 8.250% Senior Notes will mature on March 15, 2018. Interest on the 8.250% Senior Notes is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2008. The interest rate payable is subject to adjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as provided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

The Indenture contains certain covenants, including, but not limited to, covenants limiting our ability and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to: create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any funded debt (applicable only to our “restricted subsidiaries”); guarantee any of our indebtedness (applicable only to our subsidiaries); and consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to another person. The Indenture also contains a covenant regarding our repurchase of the 8.250% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The swaps are accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swaps was $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the first $250.0 million of the 8.250% Senior Notes, we settled $250.0 million of the swaps by our payment of $27.5 million. We also settled the remaining $150.0 million of swaps during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 by our payment of $15.6 million. As a result, we settled the amount recognized as a current liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We also recorded $0.7 million in interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings during the three months ended February 29, 2008, with the remainder recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. On May 19, 2008, we issued the remaining $150.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and recorded no additional interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The effective portion of the swaps remaining on our Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes.

(c) During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into an agreement with an unrelated third party (the “Purchaser”) for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of a foreign subsidiary. The factoring of trade accounts receivable under this agreement does not meet the criteria for recognition as a sale in accordance with SFAS 140. Under the terms of the agreement, we transfer ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable to the Purchaser in exchange for cash, however, as the transaction does not qualify as a sale, the relating trade accounts receivable are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet until the cash is received by the Purchaser from our customer for the trade accounts receivable. Accordingly, we have a liability of $0.6 million recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at August 31, 2008 related to cash that we have received from the Purchaser for specific trade accounts receivable, but for which our customer has not remitted payment yet.

(d) Various of our foreign subsidiaries have entered into several credit facilities to finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. These credit facilities are denominated in various foreign currencies, including Indian rupees and Japanese yen, as well as U.S. dollars. At August 31, 2008, these credit facilities incur interest at both fixed and variable rates ranging from 3.3% to 6.4% and range in outstanding amounts from $2.0 million to $25.6 million.

(e) During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into a three year loan agreement to borrow, $20.3 million from a software vendor in connection with various software licenses that we purchased from them. The software licenses were capitalized and are being amortized over a three-year period. The loan agreement is non-interest bearing and payments are due quarterly through October 2009. At August 31, 2008, $8.5 million is outstanding under this loan agreement.

59

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, we negotiated a five-year, 400.0 million Indian rupee construction loan for an Indian subsidiary with an Indian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan, we pay interest on outstanding borrowings based on a fixed rate of 7.45%. The construction loan expires on April 15, 2010 and all outstanding borrowings are then due and payable. The 400.0 million Indian rupee principal outstanding is equivalent to approximately $9.1 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2008.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, we negotiated a five-year, 25.0 million Euro construction loan for a Hungarian subsidiary with a Hungarian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan facility, we pay interest on outstanding borrowings based on the Euro Interbank Offered Rate plus a spread of 0.925%. Quarterly principal repayments began in September 2006 to repay the amount of proceeds drawn under the construction loan. The construction loan expires on April 13, 2010. At August 31, 2008, borrowings of 10.1 million Euros (approximately $14.8 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2008) were outstanding under the construction loan.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into the five year Credit Facility. This agreement provides for a revolving credit portion in the initial amount of $800.0 million, subject to potential increases up to $1.0 billion, and provides for a term portion in the amount of $400.0 million. Some or all of the lenders under the Credit Facility and their affiliates have various other relationships with us and our subsidiaries involving the provision of financial services, including cash management, loans, letter of credit and bank guarantee facilities, investment banking and trust services. We, along with some of our subsidiaries, have entered into foreign exchange contracts and other derivative arrangements with certain of the lenders and their affiliates. In addition, many, if not most, of the agents and lenders under the Credit Facility held positions as agent and/or lender under our old revolving credit facility and the Bridge Facility. The revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility terminates on July 19, 2012, and the term loan portion of the Credit Facility requires payments of principal in annual installments of $20.0 million each, with a final payment of the remaining principal due on July 19, 2012. Interest and fees on Credit Facility advances are based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Interest is charged at a rate equal to either 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or 0.375% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represents the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represents the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate, each as more fully defined in this credit agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders, a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit, and a utilization fee to be added to the revolving credit interest rate and any letter of credit fee during any period when the aggregate amount of outstanding advances and letters of credit exceeds 50% of the total revolving credit commitments of the lenders. Based on our current senior unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the current rate of interest (including the applicable facility and utilization fee) on a full draw under the revolving credit would be 0.275% above the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate, and the current rate of interest on the term portion would be the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate. We, along with our subsidiaries, are subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum ratio of (a) Debt (as defined in the credit agreement) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt and loss on sales of trade accounts receivables pursuant to our securitization program. In addition, we are subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; compliance with laws, etc; payment of taxes, etc; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements. During fiscal year 2008, we borrowed $3.1 billion against the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility. These borrowings were repaid in full during the fiscal year. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007 a draw in the amount of $400.0 million was made under the term portion of the Credit Facility. At August 31, 2008, $380.0 million remains outstanding under the term portion of the Credit Facility.

60

In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2008 we have additional loans outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $10.6 million and are denominated in various foreign currencies including Indian rupees and Euros. Approximately $1.5 million of this total is due and payable within 12 months and is classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $9.1 million is classified as long term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and will be due and payable in April 2011.

(f) During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, we entered into a $1.0 billion Bridge Facility. Of the Bridge Facility, $900.0 million was designated for use by us as a one-time borrowing (which may be paid down in increments) to finance the tender offer for and merger with Green Point and to pay related costs and expenses. The remaining $100.0 million of the Bridge Facility, which is now terminated, was a revolving facility to be used for our general corporate purposes. Interest and fees on the Bridge Facility advances were based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, interest was charged at either a rate equal to 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or a rate equal to 0.55% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represented the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% plus the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represented the applicable LIBOR, each as more fully defined in the Bridge Facility. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, the applicable margin for the base rate and the Eurocurrency rate could be increased by 0.25% or 0.50% per annum, depending on the length of time that the Bridge Facility remained outstanding. Fees included unused commitment fees based on the amount of each lender’s commitment minus the principal amount of any outstanding advances made by the lender. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the rate of interest on a full Eurocurrency rate draw (including the step-up) would have been 0.50% above the base rate or 1.25% above the Eurocurrency rate, as defined above. The Bridge Facility required compliance with several financial and other covenants, and we were never in default of any of these covenants. On December 20, 2007, we amended (the “Amendment”) our Bridge Facility. As a result of the Amendment, (1) the termination date of the Bridge Facility was extended from December 20, 2007 to June 17, 2008, (2) the Bridge Facility was converted to a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that was available only if the Company had fully drawn on the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility and (3) as described below, certain other portions of the Bridge Facility were also amended (the Bridge Facility, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as the “Amended Bridge Facility”).

The Amendment specified that the proceeds of the revolving credit advances under the Amended Bridge Facility were to be used for our general corporate purposes and for those of our subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Amendment, interest and fees on advances under the Amended Bridge Facility continued to be based on our unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. The interest rate was increased, such that interest was charged at either a rate equal to 0.3% to 1.5% above the base rate or a rate equal to 1.3% to 2.5% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represented the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.5% plus the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represented the applicable LIBOR, each as more fully defined in the Amended Bridge Facility. The applicable interest rate, whether based on the base rate or the Eurocurrency rate, was to have been increased by 0.25% on and after March 20, 2008. Fees included extension fees payable on March 20, 2008 and unused commitment fees based on the amount of the lenders’ commitments minus the principal amounts of any outstanding advances made by the lenders. Based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s at the date of termination of the Amended Bridge Facility, the then current rate of interest (excluding the unused commitment fees and other fees) on a base rate draw would have been 0.5% above the base rate or on a Eurocurrency rate draw 1.5% above the Eurocurrency rate, as defined above.

On February 13, 2008, the Amended Bridge Facility was terminated.

(g) During the third quarter of fiscal year 2006, we entered into a sale-leaseback transaction involving our facility in Ayr, Scotland. During the sale-leaseback period, we continued to occupy the facility through a three-year leasing arrangement with the third-party purchaser, which required quarterly lease payments of

61

62.5 thousand pounds sterling (approximately $123.6 thousand based on currency exchange rates at May 31, 2008). We received cash proceeds of approximately 2.8 million pounds sterling (approximately $4.8 million based on currency exchange rates on the date of the transaction) and retained a right to receive additional consideration upon resale of the facility at a later date. Due primarily to our continuing involvement in the property, we were precluded from recording the transaction as a sale under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, as required by relevant accounting standards, the cash proceeds were recorded as a financing obligation. A portion of the quarterly lease payments was recorded as interest expense, based on an effective yield of 5.875%, and the remainder was recorded as a reduction of the financing obligation. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, we cancelled the lease contract with the third-party purchaser which resulted in the reversal of the financing obligation, offset by the reversal of related plant, property and equipment. At August 31, 2008, the balance of the financing obligation has been fully reversed.

(h) Through the acquisition of Green Point we assumed certain liabilities, including short and long term debt obligations totaling approximately $102.2 million at the date of acquisition. At August 31, 2008 approximately $1.0 million of debt is outstanding under these short term facilities with an interest rate of 2.9%. The long term debt obligations include mortgage and credit facilities with various banks in Taiwan and China. At August 31, 2008 approximately $19.1 million of fixed assets, including buildings and land, were pledged as collateral on the mortgage facility outstanding. The long term facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars and New Taiwan dollars, and incur interest at both fixed rates and rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. At August 31, 2008, approximately $23.6 million of debt is outstanding under the long term facilities, with current interest rates ranging from 2.6% to 4.0%. Approximately $5.0 million of this total is due and payable within 12 months and is classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $18.6 million will mature at various dates through July 2012 and is classified as long term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(i) During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, we entered into an asset-backed securitization program with a bank conduit. In connection with the securitization program certain of our foreign subsidiaries sell, on an ongoing basis, an undivided interest in designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn borrows up to $200.0 million from the bank conduit to purchase those receivables and in which it grants security interests as collateral for the borrowings. The securitization program is accounted for as a borrowing under SFAS 140. The loan balance is calculated based on the terms of the securitization program agreements. The securitization program requires compliance with several covenants including a limitation on certain corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations and sale of substantially all assets. We pay interest at designated commercial paper rates plus a spread. The securitization program expires on April 6, 2009. At August 31, 2008, we had $170.9 million of debt outstanding under the program. In addition, we incurred interest expense at a variable rate of approximately 3.9% plus a fixed spread during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 in our Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

At August 31, 2008, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash, available borrowings under our credit facilities and our accounts receivable securitization programs.

Our working capital requirements and capital expenditures could continue to increase in order to support future expansions of our operations through construction of greenfield operations or acquisitions. It is possible that future expansions may be significant and may require the payment of cash. Future liquidity needs will also depend on fluctuations in levels of inventory and shipments, changes in customer order volumes and timing of expenditures for new equipment.

We currently anticipate that during the next twelve months, our capital expenditures will be in the range of $250.0 million to $300.0 million, principally for machinery and equipment; expansion of existing manufacturing sites and the completion of new manufacturing sites in Eastern Europe, Asia and the U.S.; the expansion of our corporate headquarters and for information technology infrastructure upgrades. We believe that our level of resources, which include cash on hand, available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, additional

62

proceeds available under our accounts receivable securitization program and funds provided by operations, will be adequate to fund these capital expenditures, the payment of any declared quarterly dividends, payments for current and future restructuring activities, and our working capital requirements for the next twelve months.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities or undertake significant additional expansion activities, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable.

Our contractual obligations for short and long-term debt arrangements, future interest on notes payable and long-term debt, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements and estimated future benefit plan payments as of August 31, 2008 are summarized below. We do not participate in, or secure financing for any unconsolidated limited purpose entities. We generally do not enter into non-cancelable purchase orders for materials until we receive a corresponding purchase commitment from our customer. Non-cancelable purchase orders do not typically extend beyond the normal lead time of several weeks at most. Purchase orders beyond this time frame are typically cancelable.

	Payments due by period (in thousands)
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		4-5 years		After 5 years
Contractual Obligations
Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations	$	1,369,410	$	269,937	$	379,765	$	323,331	$	396,377
Future interest on notes payable and long-term debt		413,426		68,082		113,929		79,615		151,800
Operating lease obligations		205,086		50,709		62,069		39,206		53,102
Estimated future benefit plan payments		67,196		5,264		10,832		12,146		38,954
Total contractual cash obligations	$	2,055,118	$	393,992	$	566,595	$	454,298	$	640,233

At August 31, 2008, we have $3.4 million recorded as a current liability for uncertain tax positions under FIN 48. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of long-term payments, or the amount by which our liability will increase or decrease over time; therefore, the long-term portion of our FIN 48 liability of $81.0 million has not been included in the contractual obligations table.

63

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

We transact business in various foreign countries and are, therefore, subject to risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We enter into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and fixed purchase obligations denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. All derivative instruments are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their respective fair market values in accordance with SFAS 133. We have elected not to prepare and maintain the documentation required for the transaction to qualify as an accounting hedge and, therefore, changes in fair value are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

The aggregate notional amount of outstanding contracts at August 31, 2008 was $1.7 billion. The fair value of these contracts amounted to a $31.1 million asset recorded in prepaid and other current assets and a $6.4 million liability recorded in accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The forward contracts will generally expire in less than four months, with five months being the maximum term of the contracts outstanding at August 31, 2008. Upon expiration of the contracts the change in fair value will be reflected in cost of revenue on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The forward contracts are denominated in Brazilian real, British pounds, Chinese yuan renminbi, Euro dollars, Indian rupee, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgits, Mexican pesos, Polish zloty, Singapore dollars, Taiwanese dollars and U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate Risk

A portion of our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to our domestic investment portfolio. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We place cash and cash equivalents with various major financial institutions. We protect our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We mitigate default risk by generally investing in investment grade securities and by frequently positioning the portfolio to try to respond appropriately to a reduction in credit rating of any investment issuer, guarantor or depository to levels below the credit ratings dictated by our investment policy. The portfolio typically includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to ensure portfolio liquidity. At August 31, 2008, we had no outstanding investments.

We pay interest on several of our outstanding borrowings at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. There were $622.3 million in borrowings outstanding under these facilities at August 31, 2008. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our outstanding debt obligations.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Certain information required by this item is included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report under the heading “Quarterly Results” and is incorporated into this item by reference. All other information required by this item is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Report and is incorporated into this item by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes in or disagreements with our accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

64

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (the “Evaluation”), under the supervision and with the participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (“Disclosure Controls”) as of August 31, 2008. Based on the Evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our Disclosure Controls were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our senior management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008 is incorporated herein at Item 15.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

For our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2008, we did not identify any modifications to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Our internal control over financial reporting, including our internal control documentation and testing efforts, remain ongoing to ensure continued compliance with the Exchange Act. For our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2008, we identified certain internal controls that management believed should be modified to improve them. These improvements include further formalization of policies and procedures, improved segregation of duties, additional information technology system controls and additional monitoring controls. We are making improvements to our internal control over financial reporting as a result of our review efforts. We have reached our conclusions set forth in Items 9(a), (b) and (c) above, notwithstanding those improvements and modifications.

(d) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls and other matters

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls may be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

65

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on the effectiveness of controls, we have nonetheless reached the conclusions set forth above on our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting.

On October 17, 2007, we entered into an agreement to acquire certain manufacturing operations of NSN. The scope of our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008 did not include the internal control over financial reporting of the acquired operations of NSN. NSN is included in our consolidated financial statements beginning in November 2007, representing $217.0 million of total assets at August 31, 2008 and $353.0 million of net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. As part of our integration of NSN, we continue to evaluate NSN’s internal controls over financial reporting and address controls that we note need improvement. From the date that we purchased the manufacturing operations of NSN to August 31, 2008, the processes and systems of NSN’s acquired operations were discrete and did not significantly impact our internal control over financial reporting.

(e) CEO and CFO Certifications

Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 are the Certifications of the CEO and the CFO, respectively. The Certifications are required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Section 302 Certifications”). This Item of this report, which you are currently reading is the information concerning the Evaluation referred to in the Section 302 Certifications and this information should be read in conjunction with the Section 302 Certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

66

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors, Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

Information regarding our directors, audit committee and audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Proposal No. 1: Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers is included in Item 1 of Part I of this Report under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and is incorporated into this item by reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Information regarding compliance with Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act is hereby incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Other Information – Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

Codes of Ethics

We have adopted a senior code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller and other persons performing similar functions. We have also adopted a general code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. These codes are both posted on our website, which is located athttp://www.jabil.com. Stockholders may request a free copy of either of such items in print form from:

Jabil Circuit, Inc.

Attention: Investor Relations

10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North

St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

Telephone: (727) 577-9749

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above. Similarly, we expect to disclose to stockholders any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for executive officers or directors by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above. Information contained in our website, whether currently posted or posted in the future, is not part of this document or the documents incorporated by reference in this document.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines, which are available on our website athttp://www.jabil.com. Stockholders may request a copy of the Corporate Governance Guidelines from the address and phone number set forth above under “ – Codes of Ethics.”

Committee Charters

The charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee are available on our website athttp://www.jabil.com. Stockholders may request a copy of each of these charters from the address and phone number set forth under “– Codes of Ethics.”

67

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Compensation” in our Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Other Information – Share Ownership by Principal Stockholders and Management” in our Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our equity compensation plans as of August 31, 2008.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights	Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans
1992 Stock Option Plan	3,300,126	$	22.31	NA
2002 Stock Option Plan	12,927,869	$	24.68	6,639,982
2002 CSOP Plan	93,950	$	18.22	391,167
2002 FSOP Plan	144,370	$	23.76	231,490
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan	NA		NA	583,612
Restricted Stock Awards	5,989,884		NA	NA
Total	22,456,199			7,846,251

See Note 12 – “Stockholders’ Equity” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Certain Transactions” in our Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors – Principal Accounting Fees and Services” and “– Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors” in our Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

68

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1. Financial Statements.Our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, with the independent registered public accounting firm report thereon are included in Part IV of this report on the pages indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as presented on page 70 of this report.

2. Financial Statement Schedule.Our financial statement schedule is included in Part IV of this report on the page indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as presented on page 70 of this report. This financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto.

Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits.See Item 15(b) below.

(b) Exhibits. The exhibits listed on the Exhibits Index are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

(c) Financial Statement Schedules.See Item 15(a) above.

69

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting	71
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	72
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	73
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets – August 31, 2008 and 2007	74
Consolidated Statements of Earnings – Years ended August 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006	75
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended August 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006	76
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – Years ended August 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006	77
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended August 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006	78
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	79
Financial Statement Schedule:
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	124

70

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Jabil Circuit, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008. Management based this assessment on the framework as established in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.

On October 17, 2007, we entered into an agreement to acquire certain manufacturing operations of Nokia Siemens Networks S.p.A. (“NSN”). The scope of our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008 did not include the internal control over financial reporting of the acquired operations of NSN. NSN is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning in November 2007, representing $217.0 million of total assets at August 31, 2008 and $353.0 million of net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. As part of our integration of NSN, we continue to evaluate NSN’s internal controls over financial reporting and address controls that we note need improvement. From the date that we purchased the manufacturing operations of NSN to August 31, 2008, the processes and systems of NSN’s acquired operations were discrete and did not significantly impact our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of August 31, 2008, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which follows this report.

October 29, 2008

71

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

We have audited Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also includes performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Jabil Circuit, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Jabil Circuit, Inc. acquired certain manufacturing operations of Nokia Siemens Networks S.p.A. (“NSN”) during the year ended August 31, 2008, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008, NSN’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of approximately $217.0 million and total revenues of approximately $353.0 million included in the consolidated financial statements of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended August 31, 2008. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Jabil Circuit, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting of NSN.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2008 and the related schedule, and our report dated October 27, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

October 27, 2008

Tampa, Florida

Certified Public Accountants

72

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2008. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, effective September 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158,Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans as of August 31, 2007.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2008, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated October 27, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

October 27, 2008

Tampa, Florida

Certified Public Accountants

73

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except for share data)

	August 31,
	2008			2007
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents (note 1)	$	772,923		$	663,625
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,116 in 2008 and $10,559 in 2007 (note 1 and 2)		1,475,530			1,352,383
Inventories (note 3)		1,528,862			1,374,400
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		293,070			231,797
Income taxes receivable		24,535			22,132
Deferred income taxes (note 4)		44,217			21,956
Total current assets		4,139,137			3,666,293
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,079,719 at August 31, 2008 and $914,368 at August 31, 2007 (note 5)		1,392,479			1,261,481
Goodwill (notes 6 and 7)		1,119,110			1,124,484
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $87,242 at August 31, 2008 and $93,688 at August 31, 2007 (notes 6 and 7)		172,835			146,592
Deferred income taxes (note 4)		155,508			89,562
Other assets		53,068			6,820
Total assets	$	7,032,137		$	6,295,232
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations (note 8)	$	269,937		$	501,716
Accounts payable		2,218,969			2,001,508
Accrued compensation and employee benefits		230,608			144,486
Other accrued expenses (notes 9 and 10)		299,231			282,992
Income taxes payable		25,897			58,127
Deferred income taxes (note 4)		2,998			2,018
Total current liabilities		3,047,640			2,990,847
Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations less current installments (note 8)		1,099,473			760,477
Other liabilities (note 9 and 10)		71,442			78,538
Income tax liability (note 4)		81,044			—
Deferred income taxes (note 4)		9,409			13,677
Total liabilities		4,309,008			3,843,539
Minority interest		7,404			8,682
Commitments and contingencies (note 11)
Stockholders’ equity (note 12):
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding		—			—
Common stock, $.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 206,380,171 shares in 2008, and 204,574,679 shares in 2007		215			212
Additional paid-in capital		1,406,378			1,340,687
Retained earnings		1,210,417			1,131,403
Accumulated other comprehensive income		301,401			170,960
Treasury stock at cost, 8,574,737 in 2008 and 8,418,700 shares in 2007		(202,686	)		(200,251	)
Total stockholders’ equity		2,715,725			2,443,011
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	7,032,137		$	6,295,232

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

74

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in thousands, except for per share data)

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007			2006
Net revenue (note 13)	$	12,779,703		$	12,290,592		$	10,265,447
Cost of revenue		11,911,902			11,478,562			9,500,547
Gross profit		867,801			812,030			764,900
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative		491,324			491,967			382,210
Research and development		32,984			36,381			34,975
Amortization of intangibles (note 6)		37,288			29,347			24,323
Restructuring and impairment charges (note 10)		54,808			72,396			81,585
Operating income		251,397			181,939			241,807
Other expense		11,902			15,888			11,918
Interest income		(12,014	)		(14,531	)		(18,734	)
Interest expense		94,316			86,069			23,507
Income before income taxes and minority interest		157,193			94,513			225,116
Income tax expense (note 4)		25,119			21,401			60,598
Minority interest, net of income tax benefit of $(95) and $0, respectively		(1,818	)		(124	)		—
Net income	$	133,892		$	73,236		$	164,518
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.65		$	0.36		$	0.79
Diluted	$	0.65		$	0.35		$	0.77
Common shares used in the calculations of earnings per share:
Basic		205,275			203,779			207,413
Diluted		206,158			206,972			212,540

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

75

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007			2006
Net income	$	133,892		$	73,236		$	164,518
Other comprehensive income:
Foreign currency translation adjustment		140,986			70,350			41,940
Change in fair market value of derivative instruments, net of tax		(17,017	)		(7,190	)		—
Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax (note 9)		—			(2,098	)		(8,939	)
Net actuarial gains, net of tax (note 9)		5,275			—			—
Net prior service cost, net of tax (note 9)		(39	)		—			—
Amortization of loss on hedge arrangements, net of tax		1,236			—			—
Comprehensive income	$	264,333		$	134,298		$	197,519

As a result of adopting the recognition principles of SFAS 158 on August 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $3.2 million adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of a $1.3 million tax benefit. In accordance with SFAS 158, this adjustment has been excluded from the above presentation of comprehensive income for fiscal year 2007.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

76

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share data)

	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Unearned Compensation			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Treasury Stock			Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Shares Outstanding		Par Value
Balance at August 31, 2005	204,492,131		$	204	$	1,093,741		$	980,667		$	(8,774	)	$	80,103		$	—		$	2,145,941
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options (note 12)	6,355,777			6		120,080			—			—			—			—			120,086
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)	485,648			1		11,556			—			—			—			—			11,557
Issuance of restricted stock awards	16,500			—		—			—			—			—			—			—
Treasury shares purchased (note 12)	(8,418,700	)		—		—			—			—			—			(200,251	)		(200,251	)
Reversal of unearned compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123R (note 12)	—			—		(8,774	)		—			8,774			—			—			—
Adjustment for non-employee stock awards to be reclassified as a liability (note 1)	—			—		(879	)		—			—			—			—			(879	)
Recognition of stock-based compensation (notes 1 and 12)	—			—		43,848			—			—			—			—			43,848
Tax benefit of options exercised	—			—		5,810			—			—			—			—			5,810
Declared dividends (note 12)	—			—		—			(29,150	)		—			—			—			(29,150	)
Comprehensive income	—			—		—			164,518			—			33,001			—			197,519
Balance at August 31, 2006	202,931,356		$	211	$	1,265,382		$	1,116,035		$	—		$	113,104		$	(200,251	)	$	2,294,481
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options (note 12)	860,328			1		12,751			—			—			—			—			12,752
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)	623,770			—		12,360			—			—			—			—			12,360
Exchange of share-based compensation awards in connection with business combination.	—			—		182			—			—			—			—			182
Issuance of restricted stock awards (note 12)	159,225			—		—			—			—			—			—			—
Recognition of stock-based compensation (notes 1 and 12)	—			—		43,287			—			—			—			—			43,287
Tax benefit of options exercised	—			—		6,725			—			—			—			—			6,725
Declared dividends (note 12)	—			—		—			(57,868	)		—			—			—			(57,868	)
Comprehensive income	—			—		—			73,236			—			61,062			—			134,298
Adjustment to initially adopt SFAS 158, net of tax (note 9)	—			—		—			—			—			(3,206	)		—			(3,206	)
Balance at August 31, 2007	204,574,679		$	212	$	1,340,687		$	1,131,403		$	—		$	170,960		$	(200,251	)	$	2,443,011
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options (note 12)	652,300			2		5,928			—			—			—			—			5,930
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan (note 12)	824,498			1		10,546			—			—			—			—			10,547
Exchange of share-based compensation awards in connection with business combination.	—			—		(140	)		—			—			—			—			(140	)
Issuance of restricted stock awards (note 12)	484,731			—		—			—			—			—			—			—
Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans (note 12)	(156,037	)		—		—			—			—			—			(2,435	)		(2,435	)
Recognition of stock-based compensation (notes 1 and 12)	—			—		36,833			—			—			—			—			36,833
Tax benefit of options exercised	—			—		12,524			—			—			—			—			12,524
Declared dividends (note 12)	—			—		—			(58,813	)		—			—			—			(58,813	)
Comprehensive income	—			—		—			133,892			—			130,441			—			264,333
Adjustment to initially adopt FIN 48 (note 4)	—			—		—			3,935			—			—			—			3,935
Balance at August 31, 2008	206,380,171		$	215	$	1,406,378		$	1,210,417		$	—		$	301,401		$	(202,686	)	$	2,715,725

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

77

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007			2006
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	133,892		$	73,236		$	164,518
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		276,311			239,702			198,676
Recognition of deferred grant proceeds		(13	)		(13	)		(507	)
Amortization of discount on note receivable		—			—			(1,402	)
Minority interest, net of tax		(1,818	)		43			—
Recognition of stock-based compensation		36,404			43,287			43,848
Deferred income taxes		(67,448	)		(32,146	)		9,212
Non-cash restructuring charges		54,810			72,396			80,707
Provision for doubtful accounts		(443	)		7,956			3,203
Excess tax benefit from options exercised		(12,524	)		(6,725	)		(5,810	)
Loss (gain) on sale of property		1,883			1,461			(3,641	)
Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:
Trade accounts receivable		(60,788	)		126,017			(299,369	)
Inventories		(27,602	)		201,546			(577,934	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(45,541	)		(82,418	)		(38,865	)
Other assets		(47,206	)		7,486			(969	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		119,906			(482,824	)		868,240
Income taxes payable		52,042			14,885			8,269
Net cash provided by operating activities		411,865			183,889			448,176
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(58,243	)		(771,898	)		(166,686	)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment		(337,502	)		(302,190	)		(279,861	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment		11,025			19,666			29,077
Net cash used in investing activities		(384,720	)		(1,054,422	)		(417,470	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings under debt agreements		4,550,460			4,448,585			487,010
Payments toward debt agreements and capital lease obligations		(4,427,688	)		(3,707,678	)		(477,263	)
Dividends paid to stockholders		(58,634	)		(57,604	)		(14,855	)
Payments to acquire treasury stock		—			—			(200,251	)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock under option and employee purchase plans		16,475			25,112			131,643
Excess tax benefit of options exercised		12,524			6,725			5,810
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		93,137			715,140			(67,906	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(10,984	)		45,455			14,692
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		109,298			(109,938	)		(22,508	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		663,625			773,563			796,071
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	772,923		$	663,625		$	773,563
Supplemental disclosure information:
Interest paid	$	84,687		$	96,892		$	33,461
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received	$	42,801		$	31,458		$	37,660

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

78

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Jabil Circuit, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as the “Company”) is an independent provider of electronic manufacturing services and solutions. The Company provides comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services to companies in the aerospace, automotive, computing, consumer, defense, industrial, instrumentation, medical, networking, peripherals, storage and telecommunications industries. The Company’s services combine a highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing approach with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability technologies. The Company is headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida and has manufacturing operations in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are as follows:

a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company, and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the information have been included. Certain amounts in the prior periods’ financial statements have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

b. Use of Accounting Estimates

Management is required to make estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements. They also affect the reported amounts of net income. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates and assumptions.

c. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents for consolidated financial statement purposes. Cash equivalents consist of investments in money market funds, municipal bonds and commercial paper with original maturities of 90 days or less. At August 31, 2008 and 2007 there were no cash equivalents. Management considers the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents to be a reasonable approximation of market value given the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

d. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (the first in, first out (FIFO) method for manufacturing operations and the average method for aftermarket services operations) or market.

79

e. Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is capitalized at cost and depreciated using the straight-line depreciation method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Estimated useful lives for major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

Asset Class	Estimated Useful Life
Buildings	35 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of lease term or useful life of the improvement
Machinery and equipment	5 to 10 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment	5 years
Computer hardware and software	3 to 7 years
Transportation equipment	3 years

Certain equipment held under capital leases is classified as property, plant and equipment and the related obligation is recorded as liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings as a component of operating income.

f. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141,Business Combinations(“SFAS 141”), and SFAS 142 the Company accounts for goodwill in a purchase business combination as the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Business combinations can also result in other intangible assets being recognized. Amortization of intangible assets, if applicable, occurs over the estimated useful life. In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently under certain circumstances, using a two-step method. The Company conducts this review during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year absent any triggering events. Furthermore, SFAS 142 also requires that an identifiable intangible asset that is determined to have an indefinite useful economic life not be amortized, but separately tested for impairment at least annually, using a one-step fair value based approach or when certain indicators of impairment are present.

g. Impairment of Long-lived Assets

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144,Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets(“SFAS 144”), long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset is measured by comparison of its carrying amount to undiscounted future net cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset over its respective fair value which is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows or as the appraised value.

h. Revenue Recognition

The Company’s net revenue is principally derived from the product sales of electronic equipment built to customer specifications. The Company also derives revenue to a lesser extent from aftermarket services, design services and excess inventory sales. Revenue from product sales and excess inventory sales is generally recognized, net of estimated product return costs, when goods are shipped; title and risk of ownership have passed; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and recoverability is reasonably assured. Service related revenue is recognized upon completion of the services. Design service related revenue is generally recognized

80

upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. The Company assumes no significant obligations after product shipment. Taxes that are collected from the Company’s customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings on a net basis.

i. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables, note receivables and miscellaneous receivables. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customer to make required payments. Bad debts are charged to this reserve after all attempts to collect the balance are exhausted. Allowances of $10.1 million and $10.6 million were recorded at August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As the financial condition and circumstances of the Company’s customers change, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made as necessary.

j. Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of the rate change. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amounts that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company has considered future taxable income and ongoing feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance.

In June of 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 was adopted by the Company as of September 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase to retained earnings of $3.9 million, an increase to goodwill of $3.4 million and a net decrease to accrued liabilities of $0.5 million as of September 1, 2007.

k. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data).

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
Numerator:
Net income	$	133,892	$	73,236	$	164,518
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic		205,275		203,779		207,413
Dilutive common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, exercise of stock appreciation rights and employee stock plan purchases		619		2,170		4,925
Dilutive unvested common shares associated with restricted stock awards		264		1,023		202
Weighted-average shares outstanding – diluted		206,158		206,972		212,540
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	0.65	$	0.36	$	0.79
Diluted	$	0.65	$	0.35	$	0.77

81

For the years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, options to purchase 7,215,482, 3,602,098, and 698,427 shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding during the respective periods but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares, and therefore, their effect would be anti-dilutive as calculated under the treasury method promulgated by the Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 128,Earnings Per Share(“SFAS 128”). In accordance with the contingently issuable shares provision of SFAS 128, 2,874,372, 1,699,131, and 788,326 shares of performance-based, unvested common stock awards (“restricted stock”) granted were not included in the calculation of earnings per share for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, because all the necessary conditions for vesting have not been satisfied. In addition, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 7,990,732, 5,762,028, and 2,598,784 stock appreciation rights were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the shares considered repurchased with assumed proceeds were greater than the shares issuable or the exercise price was greater than the average market price; therefore, their effect would be anti-dilutive.

l. Foreign Currency Transactions

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52,Foreign Currency Translation, for the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that use a currency other than the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, the assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported in other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved and remeasurement adjustments for foreign operations where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency are included in operating income.

m. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107,Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, income taxes receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and income taxes payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The carrying amount of debt outstanding pursuant to bank agreements, excluding the 5.875% senior notes (the “5.875% Senior Notes”), approximates fair value as interest rates on these instruments approximates current market rates. The estimated fair value of the 5.875% Senior Notes based upon current market rates was approximately $295.5 million and $297.0 million at August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The estimated fair value of the 8.250% Senior Notes based upon current market rates was approximately $391.0 million at August 31, 2008.

n. Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan and Defined Contribution Plans

The Company contributes to a profit sharing plan for all employees who have completed a 12-month period of service in which the employee has worked at least 1,000 hours. The Company provides retirement benefits to its domestic employees who have completed a 90-day period of service through a 401(k) plan that provides a Company matching contribution. Company contributions are at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company also has defined contribution benefit plans for certain of its international employees primarily dictated by the custom of the regions in which it operates. In relation to these plans, the Company contributed approximately $25.6 million, $24.3 million, and $31.8 million for the years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

o. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company applies the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R,Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), for its share-based compensation plans. Under SFAS 123R, all share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense in operations over the requisite service period.

82

The Company applies a lattice valuation model for all stock options and stock appreciation rights (collectively known as “Options”), excluding shares granted under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”), granted subsequent to August 31, 2005. The lattice valuation model is a more flexible analysis to value employee Options because of its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, such as volatility and interest rates, and to allow for actual exercise behavior of Option holders. The Company uses the Black-Scholes model for valuing the shares granted under the ESPP and Options granted prior to September 1, 2005. Compensation for restricted stock awards is measured at fair value on the date of grant based on the number of shares expected to vest and the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock. Compensation cost for all awards is recognized in operations, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

The Company recorded $30.6 million, $32.5 million and $32.4 million of stock-based compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, net of related tax effects of $5.8 million, $10.8 million and $11.5 million, respectively. The Company capitalizes stock-based compensation costs related to awards granted to employees whose compensation costs are directly attributable to the cost of inventory. At August 31, 2008, $0.3 million of stock-based compensation was classified as inventory costs on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007, the Company recorded an additional $4.9 million of compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, as a result of agreeing to pay certain 2006 personal tax liabilities incurred by certain option holders who have exercised Section 409A Affected Options as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

The fair-value method is applied to non-employee awards in accordance with SFAS 123R. The measurement date for equity awards granted to non-employees is the earlier of the performance commitment date or the date the services required under the arrangement have been completed. The Company generally considers the measurement date for such non-employee awards to be the date that the award has vested. The Company re-measures the awards at each interim reporting period between the grant date and the measurement date. Non-employee awards are classified as liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and are therefore remeasured at each interim reporting period until the options are exercised, cancelled or expire unexercised. At August 31, 2008 and 2007, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to non-employee stock option awards was classified as a liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and a gain of $0.3 million and $0.3 million was recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the twelve months ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, resulting from remeasurement of the awards.

Cash received from exercises under all share-based payment arrangements, including the Company’s ESPP, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $16.5 million, $25.1 million, and $131.6 million, respectively. The proceeds for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 were offset by $2.4 million of restricted shares withheld by the Company to satisfy the minimum amount of its income tax withholding requirements. The market value of the restricted shares withheld was determined on the date that the restricted shares vested and resulted in the withholding of 156,037 shares of the Company’s common stock. The amount has been classified as treasury stock on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company currently expects to satisfy share-based awards with registered shares available to be issued.

As a result of the Company meeting specific performance goals, as defined in certain stock option agreements, the vesting of 600,000 Options was accelerated in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The vesting acceleration resulted in the recognition of approximately $7.7 million in compensation expense during fiscal year 2006 that would have otherwise been recognized in fiscal years 2007 through 2010.

As described in Note 11 – “Commitments and Contingencies”, in connection with certain historical stock option grants the Company is involved in a putative shareholder class action and a Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) informal inquiry, and has received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the

83

Southern District of New York. The Company has cooperated and intends to continue to cooperate with the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office. The Company cannot, however, predict the outcome of the litigation or those investigations.

See Note 12 – “Stockholders’ Equity” for further discussion of stock-based compensation expense.

p. Comprehensive Income

The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130,Reporting Comprehensive Income,(“SFAS 130”). SFAS 130 establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income. The Statement defines comprehensive income as the changes in equity of an enterprise except those resulting from stockholder transactions.

Accumulated other comprehensive income consists of the following (in thousands):

	August 31,
	2008			2007
Foreign currency translation adjustment	$	341,479		$	202,491
Actuarial loss, net of tax		(16,897	)		(24,184	)
Prior service cost, net of tax		(209	)		(157	)
Cash flow hedge mark to market adjustment, net of tax		(24,208	)		(7,190	)
Amortization of loss on hedge arrangements, net of tax		1,236			—
	$	301,401		$	170,960

The actuarial loss and prior service cost recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income at August 31, 2008 are net of a tax benefit of $6.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The actuarial loss and prior service cost recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income at August 31, 2007 are net of a tax benefit of $9.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The cash flow hedge mark to market adjustment and related amortization of loss on hedge arrangements recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 is net of a tax benefit of $14.8 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

q. Derivative Instruments

The Company applies Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133,Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities, (“SFAS 133”), as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 138,Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activity, an Amendment of SFAS 133 and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149,Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. In accordance with these standards, all derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. Generally, if a derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income to the extent the derivative is effective, and recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. If a derivative instrument is designated as a fair value hedge, the change in fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. Changes in fair value of derivatives that are not designated as hedges are recorded in operations.

r. Intellectual Property Guarantees

The Company’s turnkey solutions products may compete against the products of original design manufacturers and those of electronic product companies, many of whom may own the intellectual property rights underlying those products. As a result, the Company could become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement. Additionally, customers for the Company’s turnkey solutions services typically require that the Company indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. The Company has no liabilities recorded at August 31, 2008 related to intellectual property infringement claims.

84

2. Accounts Receivable Securitizations

a. North American Asset-Backed Securitization Program

In February 2004, the Company entered into an asset-backed securitization program with a bank, which originally provided for net cash proceeds at any one time of an amount up to $100.0 million on the sale of eligible trade accounts receivable of certain domestic operations. Subsequent to fiscal year 2004, several amendments have increased the net cash proceeds available at any one time under the securitization program up to an amount of $280.0 million. The sale of receivables under this securitization program is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140,Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125),(“SFAS 140”). Under the agreement, the Company continuously sells a designated pool of trade accounts receivable to a wholly-owned subsidiary, which in turn sells an ownership interest in the receivables to a conduit, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. This wholly-owned subsidiary is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity and its assets would be available first to satisfy the creditor claims of the conduit. As the receivables sold are collected, the Company is able to sell additional receivables up to the maximum permitted amount under the program. The securitization program requires compliance with several financial covenants including an interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in the securitization agreement, as amended. The securitization agreement, as amended on March 20, 2008, expires on March 19, 2009.

For each pool of eligible receivables sold to the conduit, the Company retains a percentage interest in the face value of the receivables, which is calculated based on the terms of the agreement. Net receivables sold under this program are excluded from trade accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables sold under this program. The Company pays facility fees of 0.35% per annum of 102% of the average purchase limit and program fees of up to 0.275% of the average daily outstanding amounts. The investors and the securitization conduit have no recourse to the Company’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due.

At August 31, 2008, the Company had sold $344.2 million of eligible trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $242.0 million and retained an interest in the receivables of approximately $102.2 million. In connection with the securitization program, the Company recognized pretax losses on the sale of receivables of approximately $11.9 million, $15.9 million and $11.9 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which are recorded as an other expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

b. Foreign Asset-Backed Securitization Program

On April 7, 2008, the Company entered into an asset-backed securitization program with a bank conduit. In connection with the securitization program certain of its foreign subsidiaries sell, on an ongoing basis, an undivided interest in designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn borrows up to $200.0 million from the bank conduit to purchase those receivables and in which it grants security interests as collateral for the borrowings. The securitization program is accounted for as a borrowing under SFAS 140. The loan balance is calculated based on the terms of the securitization program agreements. The securitization program requires compliance with several covenants including a limitation on certain corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations and sale of substantially all assets. The Company pays interest at designated commercial paper rates plus a spread. The securitization program expires on April 6, 2009.

At August 31, 2008, the Company had $170.9 million of debt outstanding under the program. In addition, the Company incurred interest expense at a variable rate of approximately 3.9% plus a fixed spread during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 in its Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

85

c. Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreements

In October 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with an unrelated third-party for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of a foreign subsidiary. The factoring of trade accounts receivable under this agreement is accounted for as a sale in accordance with SFAS 140. Under the terms of the factoring agreement, the Company transfers ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable without recourse to the third-party purchaser in exchange for cash. Proceeds on the transfer reflect the face value of the account less a discount. The discount is recorded as a loss on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the period of the sale. The factoring agreement expired in April 2008 and was extended for a six month period.

The receivables sold pursuant to this factoring agreement are excluded from trade accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables sold under this program. The third-party purchaser has no recourse to the Company’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due.

At August 31, 2008, the Company had sold $29.4 million of trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $29.4 million. The resulting loss on the sale of trade accounts receivable sold under this factoring agreement was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

In July 2007, the Company entered into a second agreement with another unrelated third party (the “Purchaser”) for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of another foreign subsidiary. The factoring of trade accounts receivable under this agreement does not meet the criteria for recognition as a sale in accordance with SFAS 140. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company transfers ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable to the Purchaser in exchange for cash, however, as the transaction does not qualify as a sale, the relating trade accounts receivable are included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet until the cash is received by the Purchaser from the Company’s customer for the trade accounts receivable. Accordingly, a liability of $0.6 million was recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at August 31, 2008 related to cash that the Company received from the Purchaser for specific trade accounts receivable, but for which the Company’s customer has not remitted payment yet.

3. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	August 31,
	2008		2007
Raw materials	$	1,070,163	$	912,577
Work in process		277,699		275,993
Finished goods		181,000		185,830
	$	1,528,862	$	1,374,400

86

4. Income Taxes

Income tax expense amounted to $25.1 million, $21.4 million and $60.6 million for the years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively (an effective rate of 16.0%, 22.6% and 26.9%, respectively). The actual expense (benefit) differs from the “expected” tax expense (benefit) (computed by applying the U.S. federal corporate tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes and minority interest) as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007			2006
Computed “expected” tax expense	$	55,018		$	33,080		$	78,791
State taxes, net of federal benefit		863			(101	)		(662	)
Federal effect of state net operating losses and tax credits		88			(219	)		4,359
Impact of foreign tax rates		(58,756	)		(40,869	)		(86,172	)
Permanent impact of non-deductible cost		18,205			10,482			11,645
Income tax credits		(6,466	)		(4,980	)		(11,112	)
Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities		1,521			(1,286	)		(239	)
Valuation allowance		3,673			1,144			41,072
Equity compensation		6,168			5,786			3,570
Impact of intercompany charges		8,281			16,986			12,297
Non-taxable income		(7,797	)		(277	)		(478	)
Other, net		4,321			1,655			7,527
Provision for income taxes	$	25,119		$	21,401		$	60,598
Effective tax rate		16.0	%		22.6	%		26.9	%

The domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes and minority interest were comprised of the following for the years ended August 31 (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007			2006
U.S.	$	(14,322	)	$	(41,929	)	$	(42,498	)
Foreign		171,515			136,442			267,614
	$	157,193		$	94,513		$	225,116

The components of income taxes for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,		Current			Deferred			Total
2008:	U.S. – Federal	$	23,029		$	(12,747	)	$	10,282
	U.S. – State		2,537			(917	)		1,620
	Foreign		66,625			(53,408	)		13,217
		$	92,191		$	(67,072	)	$	25,119
2007:	U.S. – Federal	$	10,552		$	(9,980	)	$	572
	U.S. – State		2,988			(1,781	)		1,207
	Foreign		38,948			(19,326	)		19,622
		$	52,488		$	(31,087	)	$	21,401
2006:	U.S. – Federal	$	25,363		$	(8,081	)	$	17,282
	U.S. – State		(3,222	)		2,229			(993	)
	Foreign		26,714			17,595			44,309
		$	48,855		$	11,743		$	60,598

87

The Company has been granted tax incentives, including tax holidays, for its Brazilian, Chinese, Hungarian, Indian, Malaysian, and Polish subsidiaries. These tax incentives, including tax holidays, expire through 2017 and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. These subsidiaries generated income during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, resulting in a tax benefit of approximately $48.7 million ($0.24 per basic share), $43.4 million ($0.21 per basic share), and $43.3 million ($0.21 per basic share), respectively.

The Company intends to indefinitely reinvest income from all of its foreign subsidiaries. The aggregate undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries for which no deferred tax liability has been recorded is approximately $1.3 billion as of August 31, 2008. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward	$	199,596		$	134,237
Trade accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts		3,086			1,265
Grant receivable		73			76
Inventories, principally due to reserves and additional costs inventoried for tax purposes pursuant to the Tax Reform Act of 1986		8,888			5,978
Compensated absences, principally due to accrual for financial reporting purposes		6,191			6,313
Accrued expenses, principally due to accrual for financial reporting purposes		31,680			28,801
Accrued UK interest, deductible when paid		—			553
Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation and amortization		27,842			17,994
Foreign currency gains and losses		453			1,426
Foreign tax credits		18,820			8,759
Equity compensation – U.S.		36,182			30,779
Equity compensation – Foreign		5,171			3,099
Cash flow hedge		14,810			4,635
Other		12,114			6,415
Total gross deferred tax assets		364,906			250,330
Less valuation allowance		(121,008	)		(117,275	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	243,898		$	133,055
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		51,270			26,328
Other		5,310			10,904
Deferred tax liabilities	$	56,580		$	37,232

Net current deferred tax assets were $41.2 million and $19.9 million at August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and the net non-current deferred tax assets were $146.1 million and $75.9 million at August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The net change in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 was $3.7 million and $73.8 million, respectively. In addition, at August 31, 2008, the Company has gross tax effected

88

net operating loss carryforwards for federal, state and foreign income tax purposes of approximately $82.6 million, $9.8 million and $110.3 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. These net operating loss carryforwards expire through the year 2027. The Company has gross state tax credits and federal foreign tax credits of $1.5 million and $18.8 million, respectively, for state and federal carry forward, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. The state tax credits expire through the year 2017. Of the federal foreign tax credits, $11.8 million expire through 2018, and the years of expiration for the remaining $7.0 million cannot yet be determined.

Based on the Company’s historical operating income, projection of future taxable income, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, and tax planning strategies, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its net deferred tax assets.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on September 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase to retained earnings of $3.9 million, an increase to goodwill of $3.4 million and a net decrease to accrued liabilities of $0.5 million on its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

At September 1, 2007, the Company had $50.4 million in unrecognized tax benefits, the recognition of which would have an effect of $26.5 million on the effective tax rate under the current guidance. Through August 31, 2008, the Company recognized $24.8 million of additional unrecognized tax benefits, for a total of $75.2 million in unrecognized tax benefits, the recognition of which would have an effect of $34.3 million on the effective tax rate under the current guidance.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the consolidated liability for unrecognized income tax benefits during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 is as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
Balance at September 1, 2007	$	50,360
Additions for tax positions of prior years		5,269
Additions for tax positions related to current year		12,350
Addition for tax positions related to acquired entities in prior years, offset to goodwill and deferred tax attributes		14,774
Cash settlements		(5,116	)
Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations		(233	)
Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities		(2,306	)
Foreign exchange rate adjustment		80
Balance at August 31, 2008	$	75,178

Upon adoption of SFAS 141R, the recognition of the unrecognized tax benefits, which would have an effect on the effective tax rate, is estimated to increase to $39.3 million at September 1, 2007 and $56.1 million through August 31, 2008.

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at September 1, 2007 and August 31, 2008, is $16.6 million and $7.4 million, respectively, for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts could significantly change during the next twelve months. These amounts at September 1, 2007 and August 31, 2008, primarily relate to possible adjustments for transfer pricing, tax holidays, and certain inclusions in taxable income, and include $9.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively, in possible cash payments, and $7.6 million and $5.6 million, respectively, related to the settlement of audits not involving cash payments and the expiration of applicable statutes of limitation.

89

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years before August 31, 2003.

The Company records the liability for the unrecognized tax benefits as a long term income tax liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet unless cash settlement is expected in the next 12 months.

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of September 1, 2007, the Company’s accrued interest and penalties was approximately $4.6 and $8.9, respectively. Through August 31, 2008, the Company accrued an additional $3.4 million for interest and $2.3 million for penalties.

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

	August 31,
	2008		2007
Land and improvements	$	92,450	$	93,914
Buildings		551,605		487,640
Leasehold improvements		107,302		67,904
Machinery and equipment		1,204,636		1,109,007
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment		84,042		57,074
Computer hardware and software		296,383		279,902
Transportation equipment		7,724		7,388
Construction in progress		128,056		73,020
		2,472,198		2,175,849
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		1,079,719		914,368
	$	1,392,479	$	1,261,481

Depreciation expense of approximately $239.0 million, $210.4 million and $174.4 million was recorded for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

During the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company capitalized approximately $4.8 million, $2.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in interest related to constructed facilities.

Maintenance and repair expense was approximately $69.6 million, $53.7 million, and $54.5 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As discussed in Note 1(f) above, the Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 141 and SFAS 142.

In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test. The recoverability of goodwill was measured at the reporting unit level, which the Company has determined to be consistent with its operating segments as defined in Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data,” by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair market value of the reporting unit, based on projected discounted future results and comparative market multiples. The Company’s approach to estimating fair value includes many assumptions related to future growth rates, discount factors and tax rates, among other considerations. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in goodwill impairment in future periods. To date, the Company has not recognized any impairment of its goodwill.

90

The following table presents the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments during the twelve months ended August 31, 2008 (in thousands):

Reportable Segment	Balance at August 31, 2007		Adjustments			Foreign Currency Impact		Balance at August 31, 2008
Consumer	$	454,140	$	(50,443	)	$	19,362	$	423,059
EMS		646,811		(985	)		25,790		671,616
AMS		23,533		(36	)		938		24,435
Total	$	1,124,484	$	(51,464	)	$	46,090	$	1,119,110

The adjustments to goodwill during fiscal year 2008 were primarily due to purchase accounting adjustments related to the reclassification of indefinite life trade names from goodwill to intangible assets and recent business acquisitions. For further discussion of the Company’s acquisitions, see Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions.”

All of the Company’s intangible assets, other than goodwill and trade names, are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets are comprised primarily of contractual agreements, customer relationships, and intellectual property, the majority of which are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up to ten years. No significant residual value is estimated for the intangible assets. The value of the Company’s intangible assets purchased through business acquisitions are principally determined based on valuations of the net assets acquired. See Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions” for further discussion of recent acquisitions.

The following tables present the Company’s total purchased intangible assets at August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2007 (in thousands):

August 31, 2008	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Contractual agreements & customer relationships	$	121,855	$	(53,636	)	$	68,219
Intellectual property		89,576		(33,606	)		55,970
Trade names		48,646		—			48,646
Total	$	260,077	$	(87,242	)	$	172,835
August 31, 2007	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Contractual agreements & customer relationships	$	155,352	$	(80,962	)	$	74,390
Intellectual property		84,928		(12,726	)		72,202
Total	$	240,280	$	(93,688	)	$	146,592

The weighted-average amortization period for aggregate intangible assets at August 31, 2008 is 6.9 years, which includes a weighted-average amortization period of 9.1 years for contractual agreements and customer relationships and a weighted-average amortization period of 4.5 years for intellectual property.

Intangible asset amortization for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $37.3 million, $29.3 million, and $24.3 million, respectively. The increase in the gross carrying amount of the Company’s purchased intangible assets at August 31, 2008 was the result of the reclassification of indefinite life trade names from goodwill to intangible assets and additional purchased intangible assets resulting from acquisitions consummated in fiscal year 2008, offset by certain fully amortized intangible assets. For additional information regarding purchased intangibles refer to Note 7 – “Business Acquisitions”.

91

The estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,	Amount
2009	$	32,251
2010		28,505
2011		23,880
2012		14,981
2013		9,506
Thereafter		15,066
Total	$	124,189

7. Business Acquisitions

a. Business Acquisitions

The Company has made a number of acquisitions that were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the operating results of each acquired business are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company from the respective date of acquisition. In accordance with SFAS 142, goodwill related to the Company’s business acquisitions is not being amortized and is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from its estimated future cash flows.

On March 11, 2005, the Company purchased the operations of Varian Electronics Manufacturing (“VEM”), the electronics manufacturing business segment of Varian, Inc. VEM derives its revenues primarily from customers in the aerospace, communications, and instrumentation and medical industry sectors. The Company acquired the VEM operations in an effort to enhance customer and industry sector diversification by adding additional competencies in targeted industry sectors. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Total consideration paid was approximately $202.2 million. The purchase price resulted in purchased intangible assets of $44.1 million and goodwill of $79.2 million. The purchased intangible assets (other than goodwill) are being amortized over a period of ten years.

During the three months ended February 28, 2006, the Company made several immaterial business acquisitions, which were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Total consideration paid for these business acquisitions was approximately $12.2 million. The combined purchase price of the acquisitions resulted in purchased intangible assets of approximately $2.4 million and goodwill of approximately $1.5 million. The purchased intangible assets (other than goodwill) are being amortized over various periods ranging from three to ten years.

During the three months ended May 31, 2006, the Company made an immaterial business acquisition, which was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Total purchase consideration for this business acquisition was approximately $10.2 million, based on foreign currency rates at the date of acquisition. The purchase consideration resulted in purchased intangible assets of approximately $1.4 million, goodwill of approximately $0.8 million and purchased in-process research and development of $0.3 million. The purchased intangible assets, including intellectual property and a customer relationship, are being amortized over a period of three years and five years, respectively. The purchased in-process research and development was immediately charged to research and development expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006. An additional payment was made in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 for approximately $2.5 million, based on exchange rates on the date of payment. This additional consideration represented the scheduled final payment for the business acquisition and resulted in an incremental $2.6 million of goodwill.

Pro forma results of operations, in respect to the acquisitions described above, have not been presented because the effect of these acquisitions was not material on either an individual or an aggregate basis.

92

b. Celetronix Acquisition

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company entered into several related agreements with Celetronix. The agreements included, but were not limited to, a loan agreement and an agreement and plan of amalgamation (“Original Agreement”). Under the terms of the loan agreement, the Company agreed, subject to various conditions, to loan Celetronix a maximum amount of $25.0 million, of which $15.0 million was disbursed upon execution of the agreements. The remaining $10.0 million principal under the loan agreement was transferred to an escrow agent to be disbursed to Celetronix only upon satisfaction of various requirements as defined in the related escrow agreement. These requirements were satisfied during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005 and the remaining $10.0 million principal was disbursed to Celetronix. The loan, which was evidenced by a promissory note, accrued interest at a stated rate of 2.5% per annum from the disbursement date. The principal was due and payable in a single payment on November 1, 2006 and interest was payable annually in arrears on November 1 of each year.

The related Original Agreement granted the Company an option to acquire all of the outstanding stock of Celetronix through amalgamation with a newly-formed subsidiary of the Company (“the purchase option”). The purchase option, which was granted upon execution of the loan agreement for no additional consideration, allowed the Company to demand the amalgamation at any time prior to a specific date. The Original Agreement also dictated the initial and contingent purchase consideration payable by the Company upon exercise of the purchase option. Based on the terms of the Original Agreement, the purchase option was to expire on November 1, 2005, subject to certain potential limited extensions. Prior to November 1, 2005, the Company began negotiations toward a potential amendment to the Original Agreement to reduce the minimum purchase price and modify certain other terms of the agreement. A first amendment to the Original Agreement extended the expiration date of the purchase option to November 15, 2005. A second amendment to the Original Agreement further extended the expiration date of the purchase option to December 2, 2005. Subsequent to November 30, 2005, the December 2, 2005 expiration date set forth in the Original Agreement occurred. The Company and Celetronix continued negotiations on the potential transaction and signed a third amendment to the Original Agreement that extended the purchase option expiration date to January 13, 2006.

On January 11, 2006, the Company and Celetronix entered into a new agreement and plan of amalgamation (“Revised Agreement”) to supersede the Original Agreement, as amended. The Revised Agreement was similar to the Original Agreement; however, it reflected a reduced purchase price, eliminated the potential contingent consideration payable, and modified certain other terms of the Original Agreement. Based on the terms of the Revised Agreement, the amalgamation could occur when certain conditions were satisfied.

On March 31, 2006 the Company consummated the acquisition of Celetronix pursuant to the Revised Agreement. The Company acquired the Celetronix operations, excluding the memory business, in an effort to expand its presence in India and enhance customer and industry sector diversification by adding additional competencies in the consumer and peripherals industry sectors. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase consideration for the transaction included approximately $152.9 million in cash paid at closing and for professional fees; the $3.8 million purchase option and $23.8 million related to the note receivable owed from Celetronix that was recorded in the Company’s current assets at the acquisition date; approximately $30.2 million outstanding accounts receivable owed from Celetronix to the Company as of the acquisition date; the assumption of certain liabilities; and certain other items. The purchase consideration resulted in purchased intangible assets of $29.3 million and goodwill of $209.9 million. The purchased intangible assets, including intellectual property and a customer relationship, are being amortized over a period of three years and ten years, respectively.

Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effect of this acquisition was not material on an individual basis or an aggregate basis when combined with the acquisitions consummated in fiscal year 2006 as discussed above.

93

c. Green Point Acquisition

On November 22, 2006, the Company entered into a merger agreement with Green Point, pursuant to which Green Point agreed to merge with and into an existing Jabil entity in Taiwan. Green Point specializes in the design and production of advanced plastics and metals for the mobile products market. The Company acquired these operations to enhance its position in the mobile products market and to offer end-to-end capability with long-term growth prospects. The legal merger was primarily achieved through a tender offer that the Company made to acquire 100% of the outstanding shares of Green Point for 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share. The tender offer was launched on November 23, 2006 and remained open for a period of 50 days. During the tender offer period, the Company acquired approximately 260.9 million shares, representing 97.6% of the outstanding shares of Green Point. On January 16, 2007, the Company paid cash of approximately $870.7 million (in U.S. dollars) to acquire the tendered shares.

Subsequent to the completion of the tender offer and prior to the completion of the legal merger, the Company acquired approximately 2.1 million Green Point shares in block trades for a price of 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share (or an approximate total of $7.0 million in U.S. dollars). On April 24, 2007, pursuant to the November 22, 2006 merger agreement, the Company acquired the approximately 4.1 million remaining outstanding Green Point shares that were not tendered during the tender offer period, for 109.0 New Taiwan dollars per share (or an approximate total of $13.3 million in U.S. dollars).

The financial results of Green Point were included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on January 16, 2007. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The Company recorded a minority interest in its Consolidated Financial Statements from January 16, 2007 through April 24, 2007 related to the remaining 2.4% of Green Point outstanding shares that it acquired on April 24, 2007. The minority interest of $7.4 million and $8.7 million at August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, represents the minority interest holders’ share of the foreign entity.

The purchase consideration for the transaction included approximately $902.1 million in cash paid to complete the merger with Green Point and for professional fees; the assumption of certain liabilities; and certain other items. Based on the Company’s final evaluation, which was completed in the second quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded purchased amortizable intangible assets of $98.0 million, purchased intangibles with an indefinite life of $47.0 million, and goodwill of $460.3 million, based on exchange rates at the date of acquisition. The purchased amortizable intangible assets, including intellectual property and a customer relationship, are being amortized over periods of three to seven years.

Financial information related to the Green Point business is included in the Consumer operating segment. Refer to Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” for further details.

94

The unaudited pro forma results presented below include the effects of the acquisition as if it had been consummated at the beginning of fiscal years 2007 and 2006. Pro forma adjustments arise due to additional amortization on estimated identifiable intangible assets and additional interest on the unsecured bridge credit agreement that was entered into to acquire Green Point. The unaudited pro forma financial information below is not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or results that might have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated at the beginning of the year prior to acquisition.

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2007		2006
	(unaudited)		(unaudited)
	(in thousands, except for per share information)
Net revenue	$	12,553,274	$	10,723,092
Income before taxes	$	100,946	$	191,177
Net income	$	76,411	$	129,444
Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	0.37	$	0.62
Diluted	$	0.37	$	0.61

d. NSN Acquisition

On October 17, 2007, an Italian subsidiary of the Company entered into an agreement to acquire certain manufacturing operations of NSN. The acquired manufacturing operations relate to two of NSN’s existing facilities in Cassina de Pecchi and Marcianise, Italy. The agreement, which was effective November 1, 2007, includes the purchase of certain assets, including machinery, equipment and inventory, and the assumption of certain employee related liabilities. The parties also entered into a manufacturing agreement, pursuant to which the Company will continue to build products that are currently manufactured at these facilities. The Company acquired these manufacturing operations to enhance its global standing as a leading provider of telecommunications infrastructure hardware.

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase consideration included cash of approximately $57.9 million, based on foreign currency rates at the effective date of acquisition, and the assumption of certain employee related liabilities. Based on the Company’s final valuation, which was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded a purchased amortizable intangible asset of $8.7 million based on foreign currency rates at the effective date of acquisition. The customer contract intangible asset is being amortized over a period of five years, and the purchase consideration did not result in the Company recording goodwill.

95

8. Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Long-Term Lease Obligations

Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations outstanding at August 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized below (in thousands).

	August 31, 2008		August 31, 2007
5.875% Senior Notes due 2010 (a)	$	298,198	$	297,215
8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (b)		396,377		—
Short-term factoring debt (c)		617		8,440
Borrowings under credit facilities (d)		55,579		42,421
Borrowings under loans (e)		423,064		446,663
Borrowings under unsecured bridge credit agreement (f)		—		400,000
Financing obligation related to sale-leaseback transaction (g)		—		5,285
Green Point debt obligations (h)		24,583		62,140
Securitization program obligations (i)		170,975		—
Miscellaneous borrowings		17		29
Total notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations	$	1,369,410	$	1,262,193
Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations		269,937		501,716
Notes payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations, less current installments	$	1,099,473	$	760,477

(a) During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003, the Company issued a total of $300.0 million, seven-year, 5.875% Senior Notes (the “5.875% Senior Notes”) at 99.803% of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $297.2 million. The 5.875% Senior Notes were offered pursuant to the Company’s “shelf” registration statement. The 5.875% Senior Notes mature on July 15, 2010 and pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15. The Company is subject to covenants such as: limitation upon its consolidation, merger or sale; limitation upon its liens; limitation upon its sales and leasebacks; limitation upon its subsidiaries’ funded debt; limitation on guarantees given by its subsidiaries for its indebtedness; its corporate existence; reports; and compliance and notice requirements.

In July 2003, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction to effectively convert the fixed interest rate of its 5.875% Senior Notes to a variable rate. The swap, which was to expire in 2010, was accounted for as a fair value hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swap was $300.0 million, which is related to the 5.875% Senior Notes. Under the terms of the swap, the Company paid an interest rate equal to the six-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) set in arrears, plus a fixed spread of 1.945%. In exchange, the Company received a fixed rate of 5.875%. The swap transaction qualified for the shortcut method of recognition under SFAS 133, therefore no portion of the swap was treated as ineffective. The interest rate swap was terminated on June 3, 2005. The fair value of the interest rate swap of $4.5 million was recorded in long-term liabilities, with the corresponding offset recorded as a decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the termination date. In addition, the Company had recorded $0.4 million of interest receivable from the issuing bank as of the termination date. Upon termination, the Company made a net $4.1 million cash payment to the issuing bank to derecognize the interest rate swap and the accrued interest. The $4.5 million decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes on the Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to operations through interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.

(b) During the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2008, the Company completed its offerings of $250.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of 8.250% senior unsecured unregistered notes due March 15, 2018, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $245.7 million and $148.5 million, respectively. On June 18, 2008, we commenced an offer to exchange the outstanding unregistered 8.250% Notes for registered 8.250% Notes (collectively the “8.250% Senior Notes”) that are

96

substantially identical to the unregistered notes except that the 8.25% Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and do not have any transfer restrictions, registration rights or rights to additional special interest. Upon completion of the exchange offer on July 18, 2008, all outstanding unregistered notes were exchanged. The 8.250% Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of January 16, 2008, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee (the “Indenture”), as supplemented by the Officers’ Certificates dated January 16, 2008 and May 19, 2008, that were delivered by certain of its officers pursuant to Sections 1.2, 3.1 and 3.3 of the Indenture.

The 8.250% Senior Notes will mature on March 15, 2018. Interest on the 8.250% Senior Notes is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2008. The interest rate payable is subject to adjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as provided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

The Indenture contains certain covenants, including, but not limited to, covenants limiting the Company’s ability and/or its subsidiaries’ ability to: create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any funded debt (applicable only to its “restricted subsidiaries”); guarantee any of its indebtedness (applicable only to its subsidiaries); and consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another person. The Indenture also contains a covenant regarding the Company’s repurchase of the 8.250% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The swaps are accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swaps was $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the first $250.0 million of the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Company settled $250.0 million of the swaps by its payment of $27.5 million. The Company also settled the remaining $150.0 million of swaps during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 by its payment of $15.6 million. As a result, the Company settled the amount recognized as a current liability on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company also recorded $0.7 million in interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings during the three months ended February 29, 2008, with the remainder recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. On May 19, 2008, the Company issued the remaining $150.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and recorded no additional interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The effective portion of the swaps remaining on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes.

(c) During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into an agreement with an unrelated third party (the “Purchaser”) for the factoring of specific trade accounts receivable of a foreign subsidiary. The factoring of trade accounts receivable under this agreement does not meet the criteria for recognition as a sale in accordance with SFAS 140. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company transfers ownership of eligible trade accounts receivable to the Purchaser in exchange for cash, however, as the transaction does not qualify as a sale, the relating trade accounts receivable are included in its Consolidated Balance Sheet until the cash is received by the Purchaser from its customer for the trade accounts receivable. Accordingly, the Company has a liability of $0.6 million recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheet at August 31, 2008 related to cash that it has received from the Purchaser for specific trade accounts receivable, but for which its customer has not remitted payment yet.

(d) Various of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have entered into several credit facilities to finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. These credit facilities are denominated in various foreign currencies, including Indian rupees and Japanese yen, as well as U.S. dollars. At August 31, 2008, these credit facilities incur interest at both fixed and variable rates ranging from 3.3% to 6.4% and range in outstanding amounts from $2.0 million to $25.6 million.

97

(e) During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into a three year loan agreement to borrow, $20.3 million from a software vendor in connection with various software licenses that it purchased from them. The software licenses were capitalized and are being amortized over a three-year period. The loan agreement is non-interest bearing and payments are due quarterly through October 2009. At August 31, 2008, $8.5 million is outstanding under this loan agreement.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company negotiated a five-year, 400.0 million Indian rupee construction loan for an Indian subsidiary with an Indian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan, the Company pays interest on outstanding borrowings based on a fixed rate of 7.45%. The construction loan expires on April 15, 2010 and all outstanding borrowings are then due and payable. The 400.0 million Indian rupee principal outstanding is equivalent to approximately $9.1 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2008.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company negotiated a five-year, 25.0 million Euro construction loan for a Hungarian subsidiary with a Hungarian branch of a global bank. Under the terms of the loan facility, the Company pays interest on outstanding borrowings based on the Euro Interbank Offered Rate plus a spread of 0.925%. Quarterly principal repayments began in September 2006 to repay the amount of proceeds drawn under the construction loan. The construction loan expires on April 13, 2010. At August 31, 2008, borrowings of 10.1 million Euros (approximately $14.8 million based on currency exchange rates at August 31, 2008) were outstanding under the construction loan.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into the five year Credit Facility. This agreement provides for a revolving credit portion in the initial amount of $800.0 million, subject to potential increases up to $1.0 billion, and provides for a term portion in the amount of $400.0 million. Some or all of the lenders under the Credit Facility and their affiliates have various other relationships with the Company and its subsidiaries involving the provision of financial services, including cash management, loans, letter of credit and bank guarantee facilities, investment banking and trust services. The Company, along with some of its subsidiaries, have entered into foreign exchange contracts and other derivative arrangements with certain of the lenders and their affiliates. In addition, many, if not most, of the agents and lenders under the Credit Facility held positions as agent and/or lender under the Company’s old revolving credit facility and the Bridge Facility. The revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility terminates on July 19, 2012, and the term loan portion of the Credit Facility requires payments of principal in annual installments of $20.0 million each, with a final payment of the remaining principal due on July 19, 2012. Interest and fees on Credit Facility advances are based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Interest is charged at a rate equal to either 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or 0.375% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represents the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represents the applicable LIBOR, each as more fully defined in this credit agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders, a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit, and a utilization fee to be added to the revolving credit interest rate and any letter of credit fee during any period when the aggregate amount of outstanding advances and letters of credit exceeds 50% of the total revolving credit commitments of the lenders. Based on the Company’s current senior unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the current rate of interest (including the applicable facility and utilization fee) on a full draw under the revolving credit would be 0.275% above the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate, and the current rate of interest on the term portion would be the base rate or 0.875% above the Eurocurrency rate. The Company, along with its subsidiaries, are subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum ratio of (a) Debt (as defined in the credit agreement) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, Debt and loss on sales of trade accounts receivables pursuant to the Company’s securitization program. In addition, the Company is subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; compliance with

98

laws, etc; payment of taxes, etc; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements. During fiscal year 2008, the Company borrowed $3.1 billion against the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility. These borrowings were repaid in full during the fiscal year. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, a draw in the amount of $400.0 million was made under the term portion of the Credit Facility. At August 31, 2008, $380.0 million remains outstanding under the term portion of the Credit Facility.

In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2008 the Company has additional loans outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $10.6 million and are denominated in various foreign currencies including Indian rupees and Euros. Approximately $1.5 million of this total is due and payable within 12 months and is classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $9.1 million is classified as long term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and will be due and payable in April 2011.

(f) During the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into a $1.0 billion Bridge Facility. Of the Bridge Facility, $900.0 million was designated for use by the Company as a one-time borrowing (which may be paid down in increments) to finance the tender offer for and merger with Green Point and to pay related costs and expenses. The remaining $100.0 million of the Bridge Facility, which is now terminated, was a revolving facility to be used for the Company’s general corporate purposes. Interest and fees on the Bridge Facility advances were based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, interest was charged at either a rate equal to 0% to 0.75% above the base rate or a rate equal to 0.55% to 1.75% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represented the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.50% plus the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represented the applicable LIBOR, each as more fully defined in the Bridge Facility. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, the applicable margin for the base rate and the Eurocurrency rate could be increased by 0.25% or 0.50% per annum, depending on the length of time that the Bridge Facility remained outstanding. Fees included unused commitment fees based on the amount of each lender’s commitment minus the principal amount of any outstanding advances made by the lender. Prior to the amendment of the Bridge Facility as described below, based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s, the rate of interest on a full Eurocurrency rate draw (including the step-up) would have been 0.50% above the base rate or 1.25% above the Eurocurrency rate, as defined above. The Bridge Facility required compliance with several financial and other covenants, and the Company was never in default of any of these covenants. On December 20, 2007, the Company amended (the “Amendment”) its Bridge Facility. As a result of the Amendment, (1) the termination date of the Bridge Facility was extended from December 20, 2007 to June 17, 2008, (2) the Bridge Facility was converted to a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that was available only if the Company had fully drawn on the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility and (3) as described below, certain other portions of the Bridge Facility were also amended (the Bridge Facility, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as the “Amended Bridge Facility”).

The Amendment specified that the proceeds of the revolving credit advances under the Amended Bridge Facility were to be used for the Company’s general corporate purposes and for those of the Company’s subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Amendment, interest and fees on advances under the Amended Bridge Facility continued to be based on the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s. The interest rate was increased, such that interest was charged at either a rate equal to 0.3% to 1.5% above the base rate or a rate equal to 1.3% to 2.5% above the Eurocurrency rate, where the base rate represented the greater of Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate or 0.5% plus the federal funds rate, and the Eurocurrency rate represented the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), each as more fully defined in the Amended Bridge Facility. The applicable interest rate, whether based on the base rate or the Eurocurrency rate, was to have been increased by 0.25% on and after March 20, 2008. Fees included extension fees payable on March 20, 2008 and unused commitment fees based on the amount of the lenders’ commitments minus the principal amounts of any outstanding advances made by the lenders. Based on the

99

Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness rating as determined by S&P and Moody’s at the date of termination of the Amended Bridge Facility, the then current rate of interest (excluding the unused commitment fees and other fees) on a base rate draw would have been 0.5% above the base rate or on a Eurocurrency rate draw 1.5% above the Eurocurrency rate, as defined above.

On February 13, 2008, the Amended Bridge Facility was terminated.

(g) During the third quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback transaction involving its facility in Ayr, Scotland. During the sale-leaseback period, the Company continued to occupy the facility through a three-year leasing arrangement with the third-party purchaser, which required quarterly lease payments of 62.5 thousand pounds sterling (approximately $123.6 thousand based on currency exchange rates at May 31, 2008). The Company received cash proceeds of approximately 2.8 million pounds sterling (approximately $4.8 million based on currency exchange rates on the date of the transaction) and retained a right to receive additional consideration upon resale of the facility at a later date. Due primarily to the Company’s continuing involvement in the property, the Company was precluded from recording the transaction as a sale under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, as required by relevant accounting standards, the cash proceeds were recorded as a financing obligation. A portion of the quarterly lease payments was recorded as interest expense, based on an effective yield of 5.875%, and the remainder was recorded as a reduction of the financing obligation. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company cancelled the lease contract with the third-party purchaser which resulted in the reversal of the financing obligation, offset by the reversal of related plant, property and equipment. At August 31, 2008, the balance of the financing obligation has been fully reversed.

(h) Through the acquisition of Green Point the Company assumed certain liabilities, including short and long term debt obligations totaling approximately $102.2 million at the date of acquisition. At August 31, 2008 approximately $1.0 million of debt is outstanding under these short term facilities with an interest rate of 2.9%. The long term debt obligations include mortgage and credit facilities with various banks in Taiwan and China. At August 31, 2008 approximately $19.1 million of fixed assets, including buildings and land, were pledged as collateral on the mortgage facility outstanding. The long term facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars and New Taiwan dollars, and incur interest at both fixed rates and rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. At August 31, 2008, approximately $23.6 million of debt is outstanding under the long term facilities, with current interest rates ranging from 2.6% to 4.0%. Approximately $5.0 million of this total is due and payable within 12 months and is classified as short term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The remaining $18.6 million will mature at various dates through July 2012 and is classified as long term on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(i) During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company entered into an asset-backed securitization program with a bank conduit. In connection with the securitization program certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries sell, on an ongoing basis, an undivided interest in designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn borrows up to $200.0 million from the bank conduit to purchase those receivables and in which it grants security interests as collateral for the borrowings. The securitization program is accounted for as a borrowing under SFAS 140. The loan balance is calculated based on the terms of the securitization program agreements. The securitization program requires compliance with several covenants including a limitation on certain corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations and sale of substantially all assets. The Company pays interest at designated commercial paper rates plus a spread. The securitization program expires on April 6, 2009. At August 31, 2008, the Company had $170.9 million of debt outstanding under the program. In addition, the Company incurred interest expense at a variable rate of approximately 3.9% plus a fixed spread during the three months ended August 31, 2008 in its Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

100

Debt maturities as of August 31, 2008 for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,	Amount
2009	$	269,937
2010		345,691
2011		34,074
2012		323,331
2013		—
Thereafter		396,377
Total	$	1,369,410

9. Postretirement Benefits

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2002, the Company established a defined benefit pension plan for all permanent employees of Jabil Circuit UK Limited. This plan was established in accordance with the terms of the business sale agreement with Marconi Communications plc (“Marconi”). The benefit obligations and plan assets from the terminated Marconi plan were transferred to the newly established defined benefit plan. The plan, which is closed to new participants, provides benefits based on average employee earnings over a three-year service period preceding retirement. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in U.K. employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as are deemed appropriate by the Company. Plan assets are held in trust and consist of equity and debt securities as detailed below.

As a result of acquiring various operations in Austria, France, Germany, Japan, The Netherlands, Poland, and Taiwan, the Company assumed primarily unfunded retirement benefits to be paid based upon years of service and compensation at retirement. All permanent employees meeting the minimum service requirement are eligible to participate in the plans.

There are no domestic pension or post-retirement benefit plan maintained by the Company.

On August 31, 2007, the Company adopted certain provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158,Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)(“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position, and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.

SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The measurement requirement will be effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008, which is the Company’s fiscal year 2009. The Company currently uses a May 31 measurement date for substantially all of the above referenced plans, with the exception of the Jabil Circuit UK Limited plan, which uses a June 30 measurement date.

101

a. Benefit Obligations

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in the benefit obligations for the plans described above (in thousands):

	Pension Benefits
	2008			2007
Beginning benefit obligation	$	153,193		$	130,833
Service cost		2,214			1,991
Interest cost		7,749			6,392
Actuarial loss (gain)		(10,994	)		1,622
Curtailment loss (gain)		(2,199	)		(897	)
Plan amendments		—			3,718
Total benefits paid		(8,378	)		(5,165	)
Plan participant contribution		101			114
Acquisitions		—			7,239
Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars		(6,496	)		7,346
Ending benefit obligation	$	135,190		$	153,193

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations for the plans were as follows:

	Pension Benefits
	2008		2007
Discount rate	5.8	%	5.1	%
Rate of compensation increases	4.6	%	4.1	%

The Company evaluates these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. The discount rate is used to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments. A lower discount rate would increase the present value of benefit obligations. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover.

b. Plan Assets

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the pension plan assets for the year between measurement dates (in thousands):

	Pension Benefits
	2008			2007
Beginning fair value of plan assets	$	92,261		$	75,822
Actual return on plan assets		(41	)		4,546
Employer contributions		5,212			4,531
Asset transfer		—			3,486
Benefits paid from plan assets		(4,430	)		(4,069	)
Plan participants’ contributions		101			114
Acquisitions		—			3,053
Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars		(7,577	)		4,778
Ending fair value of plan assets	$	85,526		$	92,261

102

The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations, by asset category, are as follows:

	Pension Plan Assets
	2008		2007
Asset Category
Equity securities	31	%	35	%
Debt securities	69	%	65	%
Total	100	%	100	%

The Company has adopted an investment policy for a majority of plan assets designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the plan retains professional investment managers that invest plan assets in equity and debt securities. The Company currently expects to achieve the target mix of 35% equity and 65% debt securities in fiscal year 2009. Within the equity securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. The plan does not hold any of the Company’s stock. Within the debt securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in corporate bonds as well as fixed and variable interest debt instruments.

c. Funded Status

The following table provides a reconciliation of the funded status of the plans to the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

	Pension Benefits
	2008			2007
Funded Status
Ending fair value of plan assets	$	85,526		$	92,261
Ending benefit obligation		(135,190	)		(153,193	)
Funded status	$	(49,664	)		(60,932	)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Information
Prepaid benefit cost	$	246		$	66
Accrued benefit liability, current		(582	)		(616	)
Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent		(49,328	)		(60,382	)
Net liability recorded at August 31	$	(49,664	)	$	(60,932	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss at August 31, 2008 consist of:
Net actuarial loss/(gain)	$	23,376		$	33,496
Prior service cost		421			352
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, before taxes	$	23,797		$	33,848

103

The following table provides the amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss in fiscal year 2008 before taxes (in thousands):

	2008
Net actuarial loss, beginning of year	$	33,496
Net actuarial gain arising during the period		(5,886	)
Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit cost		(1,429	)
Effect of translation to U.S. dollars		(2,805	)
Net actuarial loss, August 31, 2008	$	23,376
Net prior service cost, beginning of year	$	352
Net prior service cost arising during the period		—
Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit cost		42
Effect of translation to U.S. dollars		27
Net prior service cost, August 31, 2008	$	421

The following table provides the estimated amount that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in fiscal year 2009 (in thousands):

	Pension Benefits
Recognized net actuarial loss	$	1,189
Amortization of prior service cost		(41	)
Total	$	1,148

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $122.6 million and $140.6 million at August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The following table provides information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets (in thousands):

	August 31,
	2008		2007
Projected benefit obligation	$	134,864	$	153,030
Accumulated benefit obligation		122,365		140,550
Fair value of plan assets		85,008		92,031

d. Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table provides information about net periodic benefit cost for the pension and other benefit plans for fiscal years ended August 31 (in thousands):

	Pension Benefits
	2008			2007			2006
Service cost	$	2,214		$	1,991		$	1,705
Interest cost		7,749			6,392			4,704
Expected long-term return on plan assets		(5,642	)		(4,843	)		(4,008	)
Recognized actuarial loss		1,429			1,362			545
Net curtailment loss		—			—			95
Amortization of prior service cost		(42	)		(111	)		—
Net periodic benefit cost	$	5,708		$	4,791		$	3,041

104

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the plans for fiscal years ended August 31 were as follows:

	Pension Benefits
	2008		2007		2006
Discount rate	5.8	%	5.1	%	4.7	%
Expected long-term return on plan assets	6.3	%	6.1	%	6.1	%
Rate of compensation increase	4.6	%	4.1	%	3.9	%

The expected return on plan assets assumption used in calculating net periodic pension cost is based on historical actual return experience and estimates of future long-term performance with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan assets.

e. Cash Flows

The Company expects to make cash contributions of between $5.0 million and $5.5 million to its funded pension plans during fiscal year 2009.

The estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,	Pension Benefits
2009	$	5,264
2010	$	5,615
2011	$	5,217
2012	$	5,684
2013	$	6,462
Years 2014 through 2018	$	38,954

10. Restructuring and Impairment Charges

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan to better align the Company’s manufacturing capacity in certain higher cost geographies and to properly size its manufacturing sites with perceived current market conditions (the “2006 Restructuring Plan”). As a result, the Company charged $81.9 million of restructuring and impairment costs against earnings during fiscal year 2006. These restructuring and impairment charges included employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $67.4 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $10.1 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $3.6 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $0.8 million, primarily related to the repayment of government provided subsidies that resulted from the reduction in force in certain locations.

During fiscal year 2007, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $72.4 million, consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $31.3 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $2.7 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $45.6 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $1.1 million, offset by $8.3 million of proceeds received in connection with facility closure costs.

During fiscal year 2008, the 2006 Restructuring Plan resulted in restructuring and impairment charges of $54.8 million, consisting of employee severance and benefit costs of approximately $46.7 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $7.3 million, fixed asset impairments of approximately $0.3 million and other restructuring costs of approximately $0.5 million.

105

These restructuring and impairment charges related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan incurred through August 31, 2008 of $209.1 million include cash costs totaling $160.2 million, of which $1.5 million was paid in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006, $64.8 million was paid in fiscal year 2007, and $57.2 million was paid in fiscal year 2008. The cash costs consist of employee severance and benefits costs of approximately $146.4 million, costs related to lease commitments of approximately $20.0 million and other restructuring costs of $2.1 million. These cash costs were offset by $8.3 million of cash proceeds received in connection with a facility closure. Non-cash costs of approximately $48.9 million primarily represent fixed asset impairment charges related to the Company’s restructuring activities.

Employee severance and termination benefit costs of $46.7 million and $31.3 million recorded in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively, are related to the elimination of approximately 10,500 and 7,300 employees, respectively, across all functions of the business in facilities in the Americas, Europe and Asia. Lease commitment costs of $7.3 million and $2.7 million recorded in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively, primarily relate to future lease payments for facilities that were vacated in the Americas and Europe. The Company performed an impairment assessment on fixed assets held by each facility that was significantly impacted by the restructuring program and recorded a fixed asset impairment charge of $0.3 and $45.6 million in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In addition, as part of the restructuring plan, management determined that it was more likely than not that certain foreign plants would not be able to utilize their deferred tax assets as a result of the contemplated restructuring activities. Therefore, the Company recorded valuation allowances of $38.8 million on net deferred tax assets as part of the restructuring plan. The valuation allowances are excluded from the table below as they were recorded through the provision for income taxes on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. See Note 4 – “Income Taxes” for further discussion of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and provision for income taxes.

The tables below set forth the significant components and activity in the restructuring program during fiscal years ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, (in thousands):

Restructuring Activity – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008

	Liability Balance at August 31, 2007		Restructuring Related Charges		Asset Impairment Charge and Other Non-Cash Activity			Cash Payments			Liability Balance at August 31, 2008
Employee severance and termination benefits	$	34,307	$	46,660	$	956		$	(45,713	)	$	36,210
Lease costs		6,895		7,297		(34	)		(10,293	)		3,865
Fixed asset impairment		—		338		(338	)		—			—
Other		1,030		513		122			(1,236	)		429
Total	$	42,232	$	54,808	$	706		$	(57,242	)	$	40,504

Restructuring Activity – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007

	Liability Balance at August 31, 2006		Restructuring Related Charges			Asset Impairment Charge and Other Non-Cash Activity			Cash Payments			Liability Balance at August 31, 2007
Employee severance and termination benefits	$	66,252	$	31,270		$	3,639		$	(66,854	)	$	34,307
Lease costs		10,108		2,693			(148	)		(5,758	)		6,895
Fixed asset impairment		—		45,574			(45,574	)		—			—
Other		749		(7,141	)		(396	)		7,818			1,030
Total	$	77,109	$	72,396		$	(42,479	)	$	(64,794	)	$	42,232

106

The tables below set forth the significant components and activity in the restructuring program in the Consumer, EMS and AMS reportable operating segments during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, (in thousands):

Restructuring Activity – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2008

	Liability Balance at August 31, 2007		Restructuring Related Charges		Asset Impairment Charge and Other Non-Cash Activity			Cash Payments			Liability Balance at August 31, 2008
Consumer	$	12,658	$	2,556	$	447		$	(9,243	)	$	6,418
EMS		24,111		45,313		408			(36,406	)		33,426
AMS		2,632		4,777		(26	)		(6,723	)		660
Other non-reportable operating segment		2,831		2,162		(123	)		(4,870	)		—
Total	$	42,232	$	54,808	$	706		$	(57,242	)	$	40,504

Restructuring Activity – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2007

	Liability Balance at August 31, 2006		Restructuring Related Charges		Asset Impairment Charge and Other Non-Cash Activity			Cash Payments			Liability Balance at August 31, 2007
Consumer	$	38,045	$	53,741	$	(43,438	)	$	(35,789	)	$	12,559
EMS		36,375		10,327		1,018			(23,634	)		24,086
AMS		2,257		3,143		19			(2,764	)		2,655
Other non-reportable operating segment		432		5,185		(78	)		(2,607	)		2,932
Total	$	77,109	$	72,396	$	(42,479	)	$	(64,794	)	$	42,232

At August 31, 2008, liabilities of approximately $35.2 million related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan are expected to be paid in fiscal year 2009. The remaining liability of $5.3 million relates primarily to the charge for certain lease commitments and employee severance and termination benefit payments and is expected to be paid primarily during fiscal years 2010 through 2011.

In relation to the 2006 Restructuring Plan, the Company currently expects to recognize approximately $250.0 million in total restructuring and impairment costs. The Company has substantially completed restructuring activities under the 2006 Restructuring Plan, and the remaining costs related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan are expected to be incurred over the course of fiscal year 2009 with certain contract termination costs to be incurred through fiscal year 2011. The $250.0 million estimated charge includes pre-tax restructuring charges related to employee severance and benefit costs, contract termination costs, fixed asset impairment costs, and other related restructuring costs, as well as valuation allowances against net deferred tax assets for certain plants impacted by the current restructuring plan. See Note 4 – “Income Taxes” for further discussion surrounding significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.

107

11. Commitments and Contingencies

a. Lease Agreements

The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at August 31, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,	Amount
2009	$	50,709
2010		36,696
2011		25,373
2012		21,645
2013		17,561
Thereafter		53,102
Total minimum lease payments	$	205,086

Total operating lease expense was approximately $48.9 million, $43.4 million and $50.1 million for the years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

b. Warranty Provision

The Company maintains a provision for limited warranty repair of shipped products, which is established under the terms of specific manufacturing contract agreements. The warranty period varies by product and customer industry sector. The provision represents management’s estimate of probable liabilities, calculated as a function of sales volume and historical repair experience, for each product under warranty. The estimate is reevaluated periodically for accuracy. A rollforward of the warranty liability is as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
Balance at August 31, 2005	$	4,286
Accruals for warranties during the year		2,953
Settlements made during the year		(3,299	)
Balance at August 31, 2006	$	3,940
Accruals for warranties during the year		4,869
Settlements made during the year		(1,234	)
Balance at August 31, 2007	$	7,575
Accruals for warranties during the year		8,569
Settlements made during the year		(6,267	)
Balance at August 31, 2008	$	9,877

c. Litigation

On April 26, 2006, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in State Circuit Court in Pinellas County, Florida on behalf of Mary Lou Gruber, a purported shareholder of the Company, naming the Company as a nominal defendant, and naming certain of the Company’s officers, Scott D. Brown, Executive Vice President, Mark T. Mondello, Chief Operating Officer, and Timothy L. Main, Chief Executive Officer, President and a Board member, as well as certain of its Directors, Mel S. Lavitt, William D. Morean, Frank A. Newman, Steven A. Raymund and Thomas A. Sansone, as defendants (the “Initial Action”). Mr. Morean and Mr. Sansone were the Company’s previous Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively (such two individuals, with the defendant officers, collectively, the “Officer Defendants”). On May 10, 2006, a substantially identical complaint was filed in the same State Court and was subsequently consolidated with the Initial Action (this consolidated

108

action is referred to here as the “Consolidated State Derivative Action”). The Consolidated State Derivative Action alleged that the named defendant directors (other than Mr. Morean and Mr. Main), in their capacity as members of the Company’s Board of Directors, Audit or Compensation Committees, at the behest of the Officer Defendants, breached certain of their fiduciary duties to the Company by backdating certain stock option grants between August 1998 and October 2004 to make it appear they were granted on a prior date when the Company’s stock price was lower.

Subsequently, two federal derivative suits were filed (the first of which was filed by Mary L. Graves, a purported shareholder, on July 10, 2006) in the United States (“U.S.”) District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division, that asserted similar factual allegations and claims as in the Consolidated State Derivative Action, in addition to a claim that the defendants violated Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), by issuing materially false and misleading statements in its proxy statements filed from 1998 to 2005. These suits were consolidated on January 26, 2007 into one action (the “Consolidated Federal Derivative Action”).

On May 3, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed the Special Committee to review the allegations in the Initial Action. The Special Committee reviewed and analyzed the claims asserted in all of the above derivative actions and concluded that the evidence did not support a finding of intentional manipulation of stock option grant pricing by any member of management. In addition, the Special Committee concluded that it was not in the Company’s best interests to pursue the derivative actions and stated that it would assert that position on the Company’s behalf in each of the pending derivative lawsuits. The Special Committee identified certain factors related to the controls surrounding the process of accounting for option grants that contributed to the accounting errors that led to a restatement of certain of the Company’s historical financial statements.

On September 20, 2007, the Company reached an agreement in principle to resolve the Consolidated State Derivative Action and the Consolidated Federal Derivative Action. Under the terms of this agreement in principle, the Company will not pay any monetary damages but it did adopt several new policies and procedures to improve the process through which equity awards are determined, approved and accounted for. In addition, the Company agreed in principle to not object to an application by the plaintiff’s counsel for an award of up to $800,000 in attorney’s fees ($600,000 of which will be covered by the Company’s Directors and Officers insurance carriers and $200,000 of which will be paid by the Company). On November 8, 2007, the Company submitted the proposed settlement to the courts for approval. The State Court preliminarily approved the settlement, the form of notice to be mailed to shareholders and the form of summary notice to be published, and also set a hearing to consider whether to finally approve the settlement and whether to award attorney’s fees and expenses to the plaintiffs’ counsel. The Federal Court also approved the notice and summary notice. The Federal Court, however, disapproved the plaintiffs’ intention to seek an award of attorney’s fees and costs in the amount of $800,000 but agreed that the State Court could hold a fairness hearing to determine the amount to award in light of the common benefit, if any, created for all shareholders. On April 7, 2008, the State Court entered an order dismissing the Consolidated State Action and finding that the proposed settlement is fair, adequate and reasonable, and that the award to the plaintiffs’ counsel of $700,000 in attorney fees and costs is reasonable. On April 25, 2008, the Federal Court approved the proposed settlement agreement and dismissed the Consolidated Federal Action.

In addition to the derivative actions, on September 18, 2006, a putative shareholder class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division against us and various present and former officers and directors, including Forbes I.J. Alexander, Scott D. Brown, Laurence S. Grafstein, Mel S. Lavitt, Chris Lewis, Timothy Main, Mark T. Mondello, William D. Morean, Lawrence J. Murphy, Frank A. Newman, Steven A. Raymund, Thomas A. Sansone and Kathleen Walters on behalf of a proposed class of plaintiffs comprised of persons that purchased the Company’s shares between September 19, 2001 and June 21, 2006. A second putative class action, containing virtually identical legal claims and allegations of fact was filed on October 12, 2006. The two actions were consolidated into a single proceeding (the “Consolidated Class Action”) and on January 18, 2007, the Court appointed The Laborers Pension Trust Fund for Northern California

109

and Pension Trust Fund for Operating Engineers as lead plaintiffs in the action. On March 5, 2007, the lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated class action complaint (the “Consolidated Class Action Complaint”). The Consolidated Class Action Complaint is purported to be brought on behalf of all persons who purchased the Company’s publicly traded securities between September 19, 2001 and December 21, 2006, and names the Company and certain of its current and former officers, including Forbes I.J. Alexander, Scott D. Brown, Wesley B. Edwards, Chris A. Lewis, Mark T. Mondello, Robert L. Paver and Ronald J. Rapp, as well as certain of the Company’s Directors, Mel S. Lavitt, William D. Morean, Frank A. Newman, Laurence S. Grafstein, Steven A. Raymund, Lawrence J. Murphy, Kathleen A. Walters and Thomas A. Sansone, as defendants. The Consolidated Class Action Complaint alleged violations of Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. The Consolidated Class Action Complaint alleged that the defendants engaged in a scheme to fraudulently backdate the grant dates of options for various senior officers and directors, causing the Company’s financial statements to understate management compensation and overstate net earnings, thereby inflating the Company’s stock price. In addition, the complaint alleged that the Company’s proxy statements falsely stated that it had adhered to its option grant policy of granting options at the closing price of its shares on the trading date immediately prior to the date of the grant. Also, the complaint alleged that the defendants failed to timely disclose the facts and circumstances that led the Company, on June 12, 2006, to announce that it was lowering its prior guidance for net earnings for the third quarter of fiscal year 2006. On April 30, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint asserting claims substantially similar to the Consolidated Class Action Complaint it replaced but adding additional allegations relating to the restatement of earnings previously announced in connection with the correction of errors in the calculation of compensation expense for certain stock option grants. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint on June 29, 2007. The plaintiffs filed an opposition to the Company’s motion to dismiss, and the Company then filed a reply memorandum in further support of its motion to dismiss on September 28, 2007. On April 9, 2008, the court dismissed the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint without prejudice and with leave to amend such complaint on or before May 12, 2008.

On May 12, 2008, plaintiffs filed a Second Amended Class Action Complaint. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint asserts substantially the same causes of action against the same defendants, predicated largely on the same allegations of fact as in the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint except insofar as plaintiffs added KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, as a defendant and added additional allegations with respect to (a) pre-class period option grants, (b) the professional background of certain defendants, (c) option grants to non-executive employees, (d) the restatement of the Company’s financial results for certain periods between 1996 and 2005 and (e) trading by the named plaintiffs and certain of the defendants during the class period. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint also includes an additional claim for insider trading against certain defendants pursuant to Rules 10b-5 and 10b5-1 promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company believes that the Second Amended Class Action Complaint is as without merit as the First Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint, and the Company is currently awaiting the court’s ruling on its motion to dismiss this complaint. The Company will continue to vigorously defend the action, although no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of any such further proceedings.

In addition to the private litigation described above, the Company was notified on May 2, 2006 by the Staff of the SEC of an informal inquiry concerning the Company’s stock option grant practices. On May 17, 2006, the Company received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York requesting certain stock option related material. In addition, the Company’s review of its historical stock option practices led it to review certain transactions proposed or effected between fiscal years 1999 and 2002 to determine if it properly recognized revenue associated with those transactions. The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors engaged independent legal counsel to assist it in reviewing certain proposed or effected transactions with certain customers that occurred during this period. The review determined that there was inadequate documentation to support the Company’s recognition of certain revenues received during the period. The Company’s Audit Committee concluded that there was no direct evidence that any of the Company’s employees intentionally made or caused false accounting entries to be made in connection with these transactions, and the Company concluded that the impact was immaterial. The Company has provided the SEC with the report that

110

this independent counsel produced regarding these revenue recognition issues, the Special Committee’s report regarding the Company’s stock option grant practices, and the other information requested to date. In addition, the Company continues to cooperate fully with the Special Committee, the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s office. The Company cannot predict what effect such reviews may have. See “Risk Factors – We are involved in reviews of our historical stock option grant practices” and “We are involved in an SEC review of our recognition of revenue for certain historical transactions.”

The Company is party to certain other lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

12. Stockholders’ Equity

a. Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Plans

The Company’s 1992 Stock Option Plan (the “1992 Plan”) provided for the granting to employees of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and for the granting of non-statutory stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. A total of 23,440,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 1992 Plan. The 1992 Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in November of 1992 and was terminated in October 2001 with the remaining shares transferred into a new plan created in fiscal year 2002.

In October 2001, the Company established a new Stock Option Plan (the “2002 Incentive Plan”). The 2002 Incentive Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in October 2001 and approved by the stockholders in January 2002. The 2002 Incentive Plan provides for the granting of Section 422 Internal Revenue Code and non-statutory stock options, as well as restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards. The 2002 Incentive Plan has a total of 32,108,726 shares reserved for grant, including 2,608,726 shares that were transferred from the 1992 Plan when it was terminated in October 2001, 10,000,000 shares authorized in January 2004, 7,000,000 shares authorized in January 2006, 3,000,000 shares authorized in August 2007, and 2,500,000 shares authorized in January 2008. The Company also adopted sub-plans under the 2002 Incentive Plan for its United Kingdom employees (“the CSOP Plan”) and for its French employees (“the FSOP Plan”). The CSOP Plan and FSOP Plan are tax advantaged plans for the Company’s United Kingdom and French employees, respectively. Shares are issued under the CSOP Plan and FSOP Plan from the authorized shares under the 2002 Incentive Plan.

The 2002 Incentive Plan provides that the exercise price of Options generally shall be no less than the fair market value of shares of common stock on the date of grant. Exceptions to this general rule apply to grants of stock appreciation rights, grants of Options intended to preserve the economic value of stock option and other equity-based interests held by employees of acquired entities, and grants of Options intended to provide a material inducement for a new employee to commence employment with the Company. It is and has been the Company’s intention for the exercise price of Options granted under the 2002 Incentive Plan to be at least equal to the fair market value of shares of common stock on the date of grant. However, as we previously discussed in Note 2 – “Stock Option Litigation and Restatements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending August 31, 2006, a certain number of Options were identified that had a measurement date based on the date that the Compensation Committee or management (as appropriate) decided to grant the Options, instead of the date that the terms of such grants became final, and, therefore, the relating Options had an exercise price less than the fair market value of shares of common stock on the final date of measurement.

As a result, the holders of the Options with an exercise price less than the fair market value of shares of common stock on the final date of measurement may incur adverse tax consequences. Such adverse tax consequences relate to the portions of such Options that vest after December 31, 2004 (“Section 409A Affected Options”) and subject the option holder to accelerated income taxation and a penalty tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”).

111

On May 12, 2008, the Company commenced an exchange offer to its non-executive officer employees who are subject to taxation in the U.S. to amend or replace the Section 409A Affected Options (the “Exchange Offer”). The purpose of the Exchange Offer was to permit eligible affected employees to avoid the adverse tax consequences that would be imposed on the Section 409A Affected Options under Section 409A. Pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company offered to eligible affected employees the right to have their eligible Section 409A Affected Options amended or replaced and, in certain circumstances, to receive cash payment as compensation for an increased exercise price. The replaced awards have the same terms as the original awards except for an increased exercise price or a new grant date, or both, as applicable. The Exchange Offer was completed on June 13, 2008. Substantially all affected employees elected to accept the offer, which covered options to acquire 2,055,869 shares of the Company’s common stock. In the aggregate, $0.3 million is expected to be paid in January 2009 to the affected employees in connection with this offer. A similar separate offer was made to one executive officer on July 16, 2008, and resulted in 19,616 shares being tendered.

In October 2007, the Board of Directors approved comprehensive procedures governing the manner in which Options are granted to, among other things, substantially reduce the likelihood that future grants of Options will be made with an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of shares of common stock on the Option measurement date for financial accounting and reporting purposes. With respect to any participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the exercise price of any incentive stock option granted is to equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date and the maximum term of the option may not exceed five years. The term of all other Options under the 2002 Incentive Plan may not exceed ten years. Beginning in fiscal year 2006, Options will generally vest at a rate of one-twelfth 15 months after the grant date with an additional one-twelfth vesting at the end of each three-month period thereafter, becoming fully vested after a 48-month period. Prior to this change, Options generally vested at a rate of 12% after the first six months and 2% per month thereafter, becoming fully vested after a 50-month period.

The following table summarizes option activity from September 1, 2007 through August 31, 2008:

	Shares Available for Grant		Options Outstanding		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life
Balance at September 1, 2007	7,325,471		16,405,944		$	34,418	$	24.04	6.19
Options authorized	2,500,000		—
Options expired	(369,575	)	—
Options granted	(4,332,544	)	4,332,544				$	23.10
Options cancelled	3,620,967		(3,620,967	)			$	25.42
Restricted stock awards (1)	(1,481,680	)	—
Options exercised	—		(651,206	)			$	9.06
Balance at August 31, 2008	7,262,639		16,466,315		$	8,771	$	24.09	5.81
Exercisable at August 31, 2008			11,583,800		$	8,708	$	23.34	4.69

(1) Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of Options granted during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $8.71, $13.08, and $16.23, respectively. The total intrinsic value of Options exercised during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $4.8 million, $9.0 million, and $120.2 million, respectively.

112

As of August 31, 2008, there was $47.3 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested Options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The total fair value of Options vested during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $19.0 million, $12.3 million, and $25.8 million, respectively.

The Company changed the valuation model used for estimating the fair value of Options granted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006, from the Black-Scholes model to the lattice valuation model. The lattice valuation model is a more flexible analysis to value employee Options because of its ability to incorporate inputs that change over time, such as volatility and interest rates, and to allow for actual exercise behavior of Option holders. The Company used historical data to estimate the Option exercise and employee departure behavior used in the lattice valuation model. The expected term of Options granted is derived from the output of the option pricing model and represents the period of time that Options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the Options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Because the lattice valuation model uses different risk-free interest rates in calculating the fair value of the Options, ranges are provided only for the Options granted subsequent to August 31, 2005. The volatility used for the lattice model is a constant volatility for all periods within the contractual term of the Option. The constant volatility is an average of implied volatilities from traded options and historical volatility corresponding to the contractual term of the Option. The expected dividend yield of Options granted is derived based on the expected annual dividend yield over the expected life of the option expressed as a percentage of the stock price on the date of grant.

Following are the weighted-average and range assumptions, where applicable, used for each respective period:

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
Risk-free interest rate	1.1% to 4.4	%	4.6% to 5.1	%	3.7% to 5.3	%
Weighted-average expected volatility	50.2	%	49.0	%	49.2	%
Weighted-average expected life	5.8 years		5.5 years		6.0 years
Weighted-average expected dividend yield	1.3	%	1.0	%	0.03	%

b. Stock Purchase and Award Plans

The Company’s 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2002 Purchase Plan”) was approved by the stockholders in January 2002. Initially there were 2,000,000 shares reserved under the 2002 Purchase Plan. An additional 2,000,000 shares were authorized for issuance under the 2002 Purchase Plan and approved by stockholders in January 2006. The Company also adopted a sub-plan under the 2002 Purchase Plan for its Indian employees. The Indian sub-plan is a tax advantaged plan for the Company’s Indian employees. Shares are issued under the Indian sub-plan from the authorized shares under the 2002 Purchase Plan. As of August 31, 2008, a total of 3,416,388 shares had been issued under the 2002 Purchase Plan.

Employees are eligible to participate in the 2002 Purchase Plan after 90 days of employment with the Company. The 2002 Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation, as defined, at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The 2002 Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Unless terminated sooner, the 2002 Purchase Plan will terminate on October 17, 2011.

Awards under the 2002 Purchase Plan are generally granted in June and December. There were 824,498, 623,770, and 485,648 shares purchased under the 2002 Purchase Plan for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

113

The fair value of shares issued under the 2002 Purchase Plan was estimated on the commencement date of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the model for each respective period:

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
Expected dividend yield	1.0	%	1.1	%	0.7	%
Risk-free interest rate	3.6	%	5.2	%	3.9	%
Expected volatility	43.5	%	39.8	%	24.6	%
Expected life	0.5 years		0.5 years		0.5 years

c. Restricted Stock Awards

In fiscal year 2005, the Company granted restricted stock to certain key employees pursuant to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. The shares granted in fiscal year 2005 will vest after five years, but may vest earlier if specific performance criteria are met.

Beginning in fiscal year 2006, the Company began granting certain restricted stock awards that have certain performance conditions that will be measured at the end of the employee’s requisite service period, which provide a range of vesting possibilities from 0% to 200%. The fair value of each award was measured on the date of grant and was originally recognized over the requisite service period based on the number of shares that would vest if the Company achieved 100% of the performance goal, which was the probable outcome at the grant date. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company determined that for the restricted stock awards that were granted in fiscal year 2006 that have the aforementioned performance conditions, it was probable that the performance goal resulting in 100% of the awards being vested would not be achieved. However, it was probable that 40% of the awards would vest. This change in estimate resulted in the reversal of $9.1 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007. It was further determined in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 that for such restricted stock awards granted in fiscal year 2006, it was probable that 0% of the awards would vest which resulted in an additional reversal of $5.9 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, it was determined that 50% of the restricted stock awards that were granted in fiscal year 2007 with performance conditions would vest. This change in estimate resulted in a reversal of $6.9 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the third quarter of fiscal year 2008. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, it was determined that 0% of the restricted stock awards that were granted in fiscal year 2007 with performance conditions would vest. This change in estimate resulted in a reversal of $7.6 million in stock-based compensation expense from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. The restricted stock awards that were granted in fiscal year 2008 continue to be recognized based on an estimated 100% performance goal, the probable outcome. If it becomes probable, based on the Company’s performance, that more or less than the current estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment to compensation cost will be recognized. Alternatively, if any of the performance goals are not met, any recognized compensation cost will be reversed. In addition to restricted stock awards that have certain performance conditions, the Company has also granted certain restricted stock awards that vest over time.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company granted certain restricted stock awards with a vesting condition that is tied to the Standard and Poor’s 500 Composite Index. In accordance with SFAS 123R, such a market condition must be considered in the grant date fair value of the award which contemplates that the market condition may never be met. Stock-based compensation expense related to an award with a market condition will be recognized over the requisite service period regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service period has been completed.

114

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity from September 1, 2007 through August 31, 2008. The number of shares presented below represents the maximum number of shares that can vest based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested balance at September 1, 2007	4,993,627		$	27.73
Changes during the period:
Shares granted	3,102,982		$	20.37
Shares vested	(485,423	)	$	19.42
Shares forfeited	(1,621,302	)	$	29.28
Nonvested balance at August 31, 2008	5,989,884		$	24.17

As of August 31, 2008, there was $39.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

d. Common Stock Repurchase Program

On June 29, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $200.0 million worth of shares of the Company’s common stock. The repurchase program was effective for a one year period ending June 29, 2007. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company repurchased 8.4 million shares of common stock for approximately $200.3 million. The Company also paid commissions of approximately $251.0 thousand in relation to the repurchases. The repurchases were funded by cash on hand, available borrowings under revolving credit facilities and funds provided by operations. The maximum dollar value of shares that could be repurchased under the program was reached as of August 31, 2006. The cost of repurchasing the shares is recorded as treasury stock on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at August 31, 2008.

e. Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s cash dividends paid or declared to common stockholders during the year ended August 31, 2008 and 2007.

	Dividend declaration date	Dividend per share		Total of cash dividends paid		Date of record for dividend payment	Dividend cash payment date
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Fiscal year 2007:	November 2, 2006	$	0.07	$	14,378	November 15, 2006	December 1, 2006
	January 22, 2007	$	0.07	$	14,414	February 15, 2007	March 1, 2007
	April 30, 2007	$	0.07	$	14,517	May 15, 2007	June 1, 2007
	August 2, 2007	$	0.07	$	14,559	August 15, 2007	September 4, 2007
Fiscal year 2008:	November 1, 2007	$	0.07	$	14,667	November 15, 2007	December 3, 2007
	January 17, 2008	$	0.07	$	14,704	February 15, 2008	March 3, 2008
	April 17, 2008	$	0.07	$	14,704	May 15, 2008	June 2, 2008
	July 16, 2008	$	0.07	$	14,739	August 15, 2008	September 2, 2008

13. Concentration of Risk and Segment Data

a. Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, and trade receivables. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various domestic and foreign financial institutions. Deposits held with the financial institutions

115

may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, but may generally be redeemed upon demand. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions and attempts to limit exposure with any one institution. With respect to trade receivables, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for potential credit losses on trade receivables.

Sales of the Company’s products are concentrated among specific customers. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 47% of our net revenue and 44 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. Sales to the following customers, expressed as a percentage of consolidated net revenue, and the percentage of trade accounts receivable for each customer, were as follows:

	Percentage of Net Revenue Fiscal Year Ended August 31,						Percentage of Trade Accounts Receivable August 31,
	2008		2007		2006		2008		2007
Cisco Systems, Inc	16	%	15	%	*		*		*
Nokia Corporation	*		13	%	21	%	12	%	13	%
Royal Philips Electronics	*		*		12	%	12	%	11	%
Hewlett-Packard Company	11	%	*		*		14	%	12	%

* Amount was less than 10% of total

Sales to the above customers were reported in the Consumer, EMS and AMS operating segments.

The Company procures components from a broad group of suppliers, determined on an assembly-by-assembly basis. Almost all of the products manufactured by the Company require one or more components that are available from only a single source.

b. Segment Data

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131,Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,(“SFAS 131”) establishes standards for reporting information about segments in financial statements. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses; for which separate financial information is available; and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to assess the performance of the individual segment and make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment.

The Company derives its revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production, product management and aftermarket services. Management, including the Chief Executive Officer, evaluates performance and allocates resources on a divisional basis for manufacturing and service operating segments. Prior to the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company managed its business based on three geographic regions, the Americas, Europe and Asia and managed the services group independently of the regional manufacturing segments. During fiscal year 2008, the Company realigned its organizational structure to manage the business based on divisions. Accordingly, the Company’s operating segments now consist of three segments – Consumer, EMS and AMS. All prior period disclosures presented below have been restated to reflect this change.

Net revenue for the operating segments is attributed to the division in which the product is manufactured or service is performed. An operating segment’s performance is evaluated based upon its pre-tax operating contribution, or segment income. Segment income is defined as net revenue less cost of revenue, segment selling, general and administrative expenses, segment research and development expenses and an allocation of corporate selling, general and administrative expenses, and does not include, intangible amortization, stock-based

116

compensation expense, restructuring and impairment charges, other expense, interest income, interest expense, income taxes or minority interest. Total segment assets are defined as trade accounts receivable, inventory, customer related machinery and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill. All other non-segment assets are reviewed on a global basis by management. Transactions between operating segments are generally recorded at amounts that approximate arm’s length.

The following table sets forth operating segment information (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008			2007			2006
Net revenue
Consumer	$	3,895,128		$	4,146,767		$	4,077,006
EMS		8,217,847			7,552,858			5,770,358
AMS		666,728			590,967			418,083
	$	12,779,703		$	12,290,592		$	10,265,447
	2008			2007			2006
Segment income and reconciliation of income before income taxes and minority interest
Consumer	$	55,119		$	88,731		$	215,134
EMS		275,692			194,947			152,662
AMS		49,086			47,878			23,767
Total segment income	$	379,897		$	331,556		$	391,563
Reconciling items:
Amortization of intangibles		(37,288	)		(29,347	)		(24,323	)
Restructuring and impairment charges		(54,808	)		(72,396	)		(81,585	)
Other expense		(11,902	)		(15,888	)		(11,918	)
Net interest expense		(82,302	)		(71,538	)		(4,773	)
Stock-based compensation expense		(36,404	)		(47,874	)		(43,848	)
Income before income taxes and minority interest (net of tax)	$	157,193		$	94,513		$	225,116
	2008			2007			2006
Total assets
Consumer	$	2,134,318		$	2,026,122		$	1,488,181
EMS		3,006,485			2,974,901			2,731,143
AMS		223,561			217,207			212,854
Other non-allocated assets		1,667,773			1,077,002			979,552
	$	7,032,137		$	6,295,232		$	5,411,730

Total restructuring and impairment costs of $54.8 million were charged against earnings during fiscal year 2008. Approximately $2.5 million, $45.3 million and $4.8 million were incurred during fiscal year 2008 in the Consumer, EMS and AMS operating segments, respectively. In addition, there was $2.2 million in corporate restructuring and impairment costs that were incurred during fiscal year 2008. Total restructuring and impairment costs of $72.4 million were charged against earnings during fiscal year 2007. Approximately $53.7 million, $10.4 million and $3.1 million of restructuring and impairment costs were incurred during fiscal year 2007 in the Consumer, EMS and AMS operating segments, respectively. In addition, there was $5.2 million in corporate restructuring and impairment costs that were incurred during fiscal year 2007. See Note 10 – “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” for discussion of the Company’s restructuring plan initiated in fiscal year 2006.

117

The Company operates in 22 countries worldwide. Sales to unaffiliated customers are based on the Company’s location providing the electronics design, production, product management or aftermarket services. The following tables set forth external net revenue, net of intercompany eliminations, and long-lived asset information where individual countries represent a material portion of the total (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
External net revenue:
U.S.	$	2,605,155	$	2,610,979	$	1,811,375
Mexico		2,042,763		1,951,652		1,721,937
China		2,841,404		2,033,859		1,570,398
Hungary		755,844		1,369,530		1,441,345
Malaysia		995,981		870,153		928,311
Brazil		419,359		558,915		705,913
Poland		972,575		911,476		531,224
Other		2,146,622		1,984,028		1,554,944
	$	12,779,703	$	12,290,592	$	10,265,447
	August 31,
	2008		2007		2006
Long-lived assets:
U.S.	$	359,451	$	357,741	$	355,437
China		481,770		279,971		247,012
Taiwan		633,301		798,281		2,742
India		294,322		289,171		265,496
Hungary		149,010		143,641		173,062
Mexico		188,823		154,299		167,527
Malaysia		117,344		82,428		88,560
Brazil		50,307		60,810		79,401
Other		410,096		366,215		294,799
	$	2,684,424	$	2,532,557	$	1,674,036

Total foreign source net revenue was approximately $10.2 billion, $9.7 billion and $8.4 billion for the years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total long-lived assets related to the Company’s foreign operations were approximately $2.3 billion, $2.2 billion and $1.3 billion for the years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

14. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company has used certain derivative instruments to enhance its ability to manage risk relating to cash flow and interest rate exposure. Derivative instruments are entered into for periods consistent with the related underlying exposures and are not entered into for speculative purposes. The Company documents all relationships between derivative instruments and related items, as well as its risk-management objectives and strategies for undertaking various derivative transactions. All derivative instruments are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their respective fair values in accordance with SFAS 133.

a. Foreign Currency Risk

The Company enters into forward contracts to economically hedge against the impact of currency fluctuations on U.S. dollar and foreign currency commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade

118

accounts payable and fixed purchase obligations. The Company has elected not to prepare and maintain the documentation required to qualify as an accounting hedge and, therefore, changes in fair value are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

The aggregate notional amount of outstanding forward contracts at August 31, 2008 was $1.7 billion. The fair value of these contracts amounted to a $31.1 million asset recorded in prepaid and other current assets and a $6.4 million liability recorded in accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The forward contracts, which are for various currencies, will generally expire in less than four months, with five months being the maximum term of the contracts outstanding at August 31, 2008. These contracts will expire during fiscal year 2009 and the resulting change in value will be reflected in cost of revenue on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. At August 31, 2007 the Company had $1.2 billion of forward contracts for various currencies. The maximum term of the forward contracts that economically hedged forecasted transactions was five months. These contracts expired during fiscal year 2008, with the resulting change in value being reflected in cost of revenue on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. See Note 1(p) – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Comprehensive Income.”

b. Interest Rate Risk

The Company has historically used an interest rate swap as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. In July 2007, Jabil entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The swaps are accounted for as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swaps was $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the first $250.0 million of the 8.250% Senior Notes, Jabil settled $250.0 million of the swaps by payment of $27.5 million. The remaining $150.0 million of swaps were also settled during the second quarter of fiscal year 2008 by payment of $15.6 million. As a result, the Company settled the amount recognized as a current liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company also recorded $0.7 million in interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings during fiscal year 2008, with the remainder recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company issued the remaining $150.0 million of 8.250% Senior Notes and recorded no additional interest expense (as ineffectiveness) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. The effective portion of the swaps remaining on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized to interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes.

In July 2003, Jabil entered into an interest rate swap transaction to effectively convert the fixed interest rate of its 5.875% Senior Notes to a variable rate. The swap, which was to expire in 2010, was accounted for as a fair value hedge under SFAS 133. The notional amount of the swap was $300.0 million, which is related to the 5.875% Senior Notes. Under the terms of the swap, the Company paid an interest rate equal to the six-month LIBOR rate, set in arrears, plus a fixed spread of 1.945%. In exchange, Jabil received a fixed rate of 5.875%. The swap transaction qualified for the shortcut method of recognition under SFAS 133, therefore no portion of the swap was treated as ineffective. The interest rate swap was terminated on June 3, 2005. The fair value of the interest rate swap of $4.5 million was recorded in long-term liabilities, with the corresponding offset recorded as a decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the termination date. In addition, Jabil had recorded $0.4 million of interest receivable from the issuing bank as of the termination date. Upon termination, Jabil made a net $4.1 million cash payment to the issuing bank to derecognize the interest rate swap and the accrued interest. The $4.5 million decrease to the carrying value of the 5.875% Senior Notes on the Consolidated Balance Sheet will be amortized on a straight-line basis to earnings through interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.

15. New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position EITF 03-6-1,Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 states that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or

119

dividend equivalents are “participating securities” as defined in EITF 03-6,Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128,and therefore should be included in computing earnings per share using the two-class method. According to FSP EITF 03-6-1, a share-based payment award is a participating security when the award includes nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. The rights result in a noncontingent transfer of value each time an entity declares a dividend or dividend equivalent during the award’s vesting period. However, the award would not be considered a participating security if the holder forfeits the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents in the event that the award does not vest. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. When adopted, its requirements are applied by recasting previously reported EPS. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of FSP EITF 03-6-1 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption.

In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161,Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The Company will be required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why derivative instruments are used, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133, and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect the Company’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS 161. The adoption of SFAS 161 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows as the pronouncement addresses disclosure requirements only.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141R,Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R states all assets and liabilities of an acquired business (whether full, partial or step acquisitions) will be recorded at fair value. Certain forms of contingent consideration and certain acquired contingencies will be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. SFAS 141R also states acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred and restructuring costs will be expensed in periods after the acquisition date. The Company will be required to apply this new standard prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the annual reporting beginning on or after December 15, 2008 with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies. SFAS 141R amends certain provisions of SFAS 109 such that adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 141 would also apply the provisions of SFAS No. 141R.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160,Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51(“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires a company to clearly identify and present ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the company in the consolidated financial statements within the equity section but separate from the company’s equity. It also requires that the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest be clearly identified and presented on the face of the consolidated statement of income; changes in ownership interest be accounted for similarly, as equity transactions; and when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary and the gain or loss on the deconsolidation of the subsidiary be measured at fair value. This statement is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS 160 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF No. 06-11 (“EITF 06-11”),Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards. EITF 06-11 addresses the accounting for income tax benefits related to the payment of dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are charged to retained earnings under SFAS 123R. The FASB concluded that a company should recognize the income tax

120

benefit received on dividends that are (a) paid to employees holding equity-classified nonvested shares, equity-classified nonvested share units or equity-classified outstanding share options and (b) charged to retained earnings under SFAS 123R. The requirements of EITF 06-11 will be applied prospectively to the income tax benefits of dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are declared in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2007, which will be the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year 2009. The Company is currently analyzing the requirements of EITF 06-11 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159,The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”) which provides companies with the option to report selected assets and liabilities at fair value. The new standard also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The new standard also requires entities to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the Company has chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, which will be in the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS 159 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. However, for some entities, the application of SFAS 157 will change current practice. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, which will be the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the requirements of SFAS 157 and has not yet determined the impact of adoption, if any, on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 158 which requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. This statement also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The requirement to recognize the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan was effective as of the end of the fiscal period ending after December 15, 2006. The Company has adopted this requirement and the effects are reflected in the financial statements as of August 31, 2007. The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company will be required to adopt this requirement at the beginning of fiscal year 2009. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of the measurement requirements of this standard will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

121

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
By:	/s/    TIMOTHY L. MAIN
	Timothy L. Main President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: October 29, 2008

122

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Timothy L. Main and Forbes I.J. Alexander and each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

	Signature	Title	Date
By:	/s/    WILLIAM D. MOREAN         William D. Morean	Chairman of the Board of Directors	October 28, 2008
By:	/s/    THOMAS A. SANSONE         Thomas A. Sansone	Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors	October 28, 2008
By:	/s/    TIMOTHY L. MAIN         Timothy L. Main	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	October 28, 2008
By:	/s/    FORBES I.J. ALEXANDER         Forbes I.J. Alexander	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	October 29, 2008
By:	/s/    LAURENCE S. GRAFSTEIN         Laurence S. Grafstein	Director	October 28, 2008
By:	/s/    MEL S. LAVITT         Mel S. Lavitt	Director	October 28, 2008
By:	/s/    LAWRENCE J. MURPHY         Lawrence J. Murphy	Director	October 29, 2008
By:	/s/    FRANK A. NEWMAN         Frank A. Newman	Director	October 28, 2008
By:	/s/    STEVEN A. RAYMUND         Steven A. Raymund	Director	October 28, 2008
By:	/s/    KATHLEEN A. WALTERS         Kathleen A. Walters	Director	October 28, 2008

123

SCHEDULE II

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

	Balance at beginning of period		Additions charged to costs and expenses		Write-offs			Balance at end of period
Allowance for uncollectible trade accounts receivable:
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2008	$	10,559	$	3,316	$	(3,759	)	$	10,116
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2007	$	5,801	$	7,974	$	(3,216	)	$	10,559
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2006	$	3,967	$	3,203	$	(1,369	)	$	5,801

	Balance at beginning of period		Additions charged to costs and expenses		Additions charged to other accounts		Reductions			Balance at end of period
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2008	$	117,275	$	5,002	$	61	$	(1,330	)	$	121,008
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2007	$	43,497	$	6,726	$	72,634	$	(5,582	)	$	117,275
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2006	$	4,575	$	41,072	$	—	$	(2,150	)	$	43,497

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.

124

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.		Description
3.1(4)	—	Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
3.2(26)	—	Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended.
4.1(2)	—	Form of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock.
4.2(6)	—	Rights Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2001, between the Registrant and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., which includes the form of the Certificate of Designation as Exhibit A, form of the Rights Certificate as Exhibit B, and the Summary of Rights as Exhibit C.
4.3(10)	—	Senior Debt Indenture, dated as of July 21, 2003, with respect to the Senior Debt of the Registrant, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
4.4(10)	—	First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 21, 2003, with respect to the 5.875% Senior Notes, due 2010, of the Registrant, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
4.5(28)	—	Form of 8.250% Unregistered Senior Notes issued on January 16, 2008.
4.6(28)	—	Indenture, dated January 16, 2008, with respect to the 8.250% Senior Notes, by the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee.
4.7(28)	—	Officers’ Certificate of Jabil Circuit, Inc. pursuant to the Indenture, dated January 16, 2008.
4.8(28)	—	Registration Rights Agreement dated January 16, 2008, by and among the Registrant and the representatives of the initial purchasers of the 8.250% Senior Notes issued on January 16, 2008.
4.9(29)	—	Form of 8.250% Unregistered Senior Notes issued on May 19, 2008.
4.10(29)	—	Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated May 19, 2008.
4.11(29)	—	Registration Rights Agreement dated May 19, 2008, by and among the Registrant and the representatives of the initial purchasers of the 8.250% Senior Notes issued on May 19, 2008.
4.12	—	Form of 8.250% Registered Senior Notes issued on July 18, 2008.
10.1(3)(5)	—	1992 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder, as amended.
10.2(3)(5)	—	1992 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder, as amended.
10.3(1)(3)	—	Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k).
10.4(1)(3)	—	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and Directors.
10.5(3)(7)	—	Jabil 2002 Employment Stock Purchase Plan.
10.6(3)(15)	—	Jabil 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.6a(19)	—	Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement.
10.6b(19)	—	Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-French Subplan Stock Option Agreement.
10.6c(19)	—	Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan CSOP Option Certificate.
10.6d(19)	—	Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan Stock Option Agreement.

Exhibit No.		Description
10.6e(20)	—	Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
10.6f(21)	—	Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.
10.7(3)(9)	—	Stock Award Plan.
10.8(3)(11)	—	Employment Contract between Jabil Circuit Automotive and the European Chief Operating Officer dated December 1, 2002.
10.9(12)	—	Addendum to the Terms and Conditions of the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in France.
10.10(3)(8)	—	Schedule to the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in the United Kingdom.
10.11(13)	—	Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of February 25, 2004 among the Registrant, Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P. and Jabil Global Services, Inc. as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.
10.12(13)	—	Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 25, 2004 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and Bank One as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.
10.13(14)	—	Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of April 22, 2004 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and Bank One as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.
10.14(16)	—	Amendment No. 2 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 23, 2005 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.
10.15(17)	—	Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 11, 2005 between the Registrant; initial lenders named therein; Citicorp USA, Inc. as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent; and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, SunTrust Bank, and ABN Amro Bank N.V. as co-documentation agents.
10.16(18)	—	Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 13, 2005 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.
10.17(22)	—	Amendment No. 4 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of November 11, 2005 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.
10.18(20)	—	Amendment No. 5 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 21, 2006 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.
10.19(20)	—	Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of February 21, 2006 among Jabil Circuit, Inc., Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P. and Jabil Global Services, Inc. as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.

Exhibit No.		Description
10.20(23)	—	Amendment No. 6 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of October 26, 2006 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.
10.21(23)	—	Merger Agreement between Jabil Circuit (Taiwan) Limited and Taiwan Green Point Enterprises Co., Ltd. dated as of November 22, 2006.
10.22(23)	—	Bridge Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 2006 between the Registrant; initial lenders named therein; Citicorp North America, Inc. as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent; and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, SunTrust Bank, and ABN Amro Bank N.V. as co-documentation agents.
10.23a(23)	—	Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2006, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.
10.23b(23)	—	Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2007, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.
10.23c(23)	—	Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2007, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.
10.24a(23)	—	Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Bridge Credit Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2007, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.
10.24b(23)	—	Letter Amendment and Waiver to the Bridge Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2007, among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.
10.25(23)	—	Amendment No. 7 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 21, 2007 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer and Jupiter Securitization Corporation, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.
10.26(23)	—	Waiver and Consent Letter, dated as of May 2, 2007, to (i) the Receivables Purchase Agreement among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer, Jupiter Securitization Company LLC (formerly Jupiter Securitization Corporation), the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions; and (ii) the Receivables Sale Agreement among the Registrant, Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P., Jabil Global Services, Inc. and Jabil Defense and Aerospace Services, LLC as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.
10.27(24)	—	Amendment No. 8 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated May 11, 2007 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer, Jupiter Securitization Company LLC (formerly Jupiter Securitization Corporation), the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent for Jupiter and the Financial Institutions.

Exhibit No.		Description
10.28(24)	—	Amendment No. 2 to Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of May 11, 2007 among the Registrant, Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P., Jabil Global Services, Inc., and Jabil Defense and Aerospace Services, LLC as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.
10.29(24)	—	Amended and Restated Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 19, 2007 between the Registrant; initial lenders and initial issuing banks named therein; Citicorp USA, Inc. as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent; and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, Royal Bank of Canada, Bank of America, N.A., UBS Loan Finance LLC and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as co-documentation agents.
10.30(27)	—	Amendment No. 3 to the Bridge Credit Agreement dated as of December 20, 2007 among the Registrant, certain banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent for such lenders.
10.31(25)	—	Amendment No. 9 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated February 19, 2008 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent.
10.32(25)	—	Amendment No. 10 to Receivables Purchase Agreement dated March 20, 2008 among Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as seller, the Registrant, as servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC, the Financial Institutions and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) as agent.
10.33(25)	—	Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of March 20, 2008 among the Registrant, Jabil Circuit of Texas, L.P., Jabil Global Services, Inc., and Jabil Defense and Aerospace Services, LLC as originators and Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. as buyer.
21.1	—	List of Subsidiaries.
23.1	—	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1	—	Power of Attorney (See Signature page).
31.1	—	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.
31.2	—	Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.
32.1	—	Section 1350 Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.
32.2	—	Section 1350 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on March 3, 1993 (File No. 33-58974).

(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibit Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on March 17, 1993 (File No. 33-58974).

(3) Indicates management compensatory plan, contractor arrangement.

(4) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2000.

(5) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-37701) filed by the Registrant on October 10, 1997.

(6) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-A (File No. 001-14063) filed October 19, 2001.

(7) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-98291) filed by the Registrant on August 16, 2002.

(8) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-98299) filed by the Registrant on August 16, 2002.

(9) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-54946) filed by the Registrant on February 5, 2001.

(10) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on July 21, 2003.

(11) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2002.

(12) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-106123) filed by the Registrant on June 13, 2003.

(13) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2004.

(14) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2004.

(15) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-149277) filed by the Registrant on February 15, 2008.

(16) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2005.

(17) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 13, 2005.

(18) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2005.

(19) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.

(20) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006.

(21) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005.

(22) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2005.

(23) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006.

(24) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2007.

(25) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008.

(26) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on October 29, 2008.

(27) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on December 27, 2007.

(28) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on January 17, 2008.

(29) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 20, 2008.